abcde printed in usa - keysightna.support.keysight.com/8753/document/53-90442.pdf · user's...
TRANSCRIPT
User's and Service Guide
HP 8753E
Option H39
Three-Port Test Set
ABCDE
Printed in USA
HP part number: 08753-90442
Printed in USA August 1998
Notice
The information contained in this document is subject to change without
notice.
Hewlett-Packard makes no warranty of any kind with regard to this material,
including but not limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and
�tness for a particular purpose. Hewlett-Packard shall not be liable for errors
contained herein or for incidental or consequential damages in connection with
the furnishing, performance, or use of this material.
Safety and Regulatory Information
For safety and regulatory information refer to the
HP 8753E User's Guide and Service Guide.
c Copyright 1998 Hewlett-Packard Company
User's Guide Description
This book consists of two major sections, the user's guide and the
service guide. This guide provides the information necessary to
operate the HP 8753E Option H39. The HP 8753E User's Guide and
HP 8753E Service Guide should be used in conjunction with this guide.
Refer to \Reference Material" in Chapter 2 of this guide for part numbers.
The HP 8753E Option H39 User's Guide assumes that the operator of the
HP 8753E Option H39 is familiar with the operation of the HP 8753E and the
terms used for that instrument.
If the HP 8753E Option H39 is set up or operated as a standard
HP 8753E, refer to the HP 8753E User's Guide. All speci�cations for the
HP 8753E Option H39 are consistent with the standard HP 8753E, with the
exception of the speci�cations outlined in this guide. Refer to Chapter 3,
\Speci�cations," in this guide.
The HP 8753E Option H39 can be used with all standard options
and con�gurations available for the HP 8753E, with the exception of
Option 011 and 075.
The HP 8753E Option H39 User's Guide contains the following chapters:
Introduction
Operation
Speci�cations
iii
Service Guide Description
This book consists of two major sections, the user's guide and the service
guide. This guide provides the information necessary to service the
HP 8753E Option H39. The HP 8753E Service Guide should be used in
conjunction with this guide. Refer to \Reference Material" in Chapter
2 of the HP 8753E Option H39 User's Guide for the part number. The
HP 8753E Option H39 Service Guide assumes that the service personnel are
familiar with the troubleshooting and servicing of the HP 8753E and the terms
used for that instrument. It is recommended that if any servicing of the
HP 8753E Option H39 is needed you should contact your nearest HP service
center.
The HP 8753E Option H39 Service Guide contains the following chapters:
Service Equipment
System Veri�cation and Performance Tests
Test Record for 30 kHz to 3 GHz
Test Record for 30 kHz to 6 GHz
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Replaceable Parts
iv
User's Guide for the
HP 8753E
Option H39
Three-Port Test Set
ABCDE
Printed in USA
Contents
1. Introduction
Three-Port Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
2. Operation
Reference Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1Front Panel Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2Menu Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Test Set I/O Port Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Test Set I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Example 1: Transmission Measurements . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Example 2: Duplexer Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Sequence Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Sequence Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
HP-IB Commands and their Measurements . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Example 1: Uncouple Channel 1 and Channel 2 . . . . . . 2-10Example 2: Setting the HP 8753E Option H39 for a Full
Two-Port Cal Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Operator's Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Repeatability Check for Port 1 and Port 3 . . . . . . . . 2-13Repeatability Check for Port 2 and Port 3 . . . . . . . . 2-13Repeatability Check for Port 1 and Port 2 . . . . . . . . 2-14
Contents-1
3. Speci�cations
Measurement Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Raw (Uncorrected) Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . 3-3Measurement Characteristics (Corrected) . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Output Power Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Average Noise Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4System Performance Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Typical Measurement Uncertainty . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Index
Contents-2
Figures
2-1. HP 8753E Option H39 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-2. Menu Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43-1. S21 Measurement Uncertainty Characteristic Curves
(Corrected, Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63-2. S11 Measurement Uncertainty Characteristic Curves
(Corrected, Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Tables
2-1. Test Set I/O Port Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52-2. HP-IB Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Contents-3
1
Introduction
Three-Port Test Set
The HP 8753E Option H39 is a modi�ed HP 8753E network analyzer that addsa third test port to the HP 8753E test set. The test ports allow measurementapplications for three-port devices with the ability to make S-parametermeasurements between any two test ports.
This user's guide provides information on how to operate theHP 8753E Option H39 using I/O commands and HP{IB commands, as well asexamples of how to implement the commands. Further information on how tocontrol the HP 8753E can be found in the HP 8753E User's and Service Guide.Refer to the \Reference Material" in Chapter 2 for the part number of theHP 8753E User's and Service Guide. This user's guide also provides thespeci�cations for the HP 8753E Option H39.
Note Test port 1 and test port 3 are the instrument's default ports:on preset or when power is turned on, port 1 and port 3 areactive.
The port status is indicated by an LED status light located to the right of eachtest port. Three states are indicated by the LED status light:
Bright: Indicates the source (incident) port.
Dim: Indicates the receive (through) port.
O�: Indicates the port is inactive.
For further information on the status indicators, refer to the \FrontPanel Features" section in this Chapter 2 of this user's guide, andthe \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting" section in theHP 8753E Option H39 Service Guide.
Introduction 1-1
2
Operation
This chapter contains the following sections:
Reference MaterialFront Panel FeaturesMenu MapTest Set I/O Port ParametersSequence CommandsHP-IB CommandsOperator's Check
Reference Material
Description HP Part Number
HP 8753E User's Guide 08753-90367
HP 8753E Service Guide 08753-90374
Operation 2-1
Front Panel Features
Figure 2-1 shows the front panel features of the HP 8753E Option H39.
Figure 2-1. HP 8753E Option H39 Front Panel
1. Test Port 12. Test Port 1 Status LED3. Test Port 24. Test Port 2 Status LED5. Test Port 36. Test Port 3 Status LED7. R CHANNEL IN to R CHANNEL OUT Jumper
(standard on the HP 8753E)
2-2 Operation
Note Test Port LEDs:
The LED to the right of each test port indicates the statusof that port. The LEDs show which ports are active, whichis providing the source of the RF power, and which port isinactive.The LEDs are lit to indicate which ports are active.The inactive port LED is not lit.The brightest LED indicates the port supplying the RFsource.The dim LED indicates the receiver port.
The following shows the LED status at preset or power up.
1. Port 1 LED is bright.
2. Port 2 LED is o�.
3. Port 3 LED is dim.
Operation 2-3
Menu Map
The test set can be controlled by the network analyzer using the sequencingkey (�Seq�) on the front panel. Figure 2-2 shows the menus available under the
�Seq� key.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV control the test ports.
Figure 2-2. Menu Map
2-4 Operation
Test Set I/O Port Parameters
Table 2-1 shows the nine S-parameters that can be measured with theHP 8753E Option H39.
Table 2-1. Test Set I/O Port Parameters
Measurements Ports and PortPaths
S-parameters ParameterDisplayed
onAnalyzer
Test SetI/O
Setting
Test SetI/O
Setting
FWD REV
Re ection 1) Port 12) Port 23) Port 3
S11S22S33
S11S11, S22S22
76|
|57
Transmission 4) Port 1-Port 35) Port 2-Port 36) Port 1-Port 2
S31, S13S32, S23S21, S12
S21, S12S21, S12S21, S12
765
765
Test ports 1, 2, and 3 can be switched independently, depending on the testset I/O (FWD or REV) value, and the network analyzer's test state, forward(FWD) or reverse (REV). When the network analyzer is in the dual-channelmode and the channels are uncoupled, the test set I/O (FWD and REV) canbe set di�erently regardless of the FWD and REV I/O setting. Only the S11,S21, S12, and S22 parameters are displayed on the network analyzer. Refer to\Example 2: Duplexer Setup" in this chapter for more information.
Caution Before performing a full 2-port calibration, make sure that boththe TESTSET I/O FWD and the TESTSET I/O REV settingsare set the same.
Operation 2-5
The Option H39 can be controlled in a number of di�erent ways. The followinginformation is provided as a guide on how to control the HP 8753E Option H39in the following ways:
Through the front panel menus.
Through TTL I/O sequence menu.
Through Test sequencing.
Through HP-IB commands.
The examples listed should be used only as possible ways of setting up andcontrolling the HP 8753E Option H39.
Test Set I/O
The test set I/O may be set by using the following key strokes.
Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD and enter the value setting,
then pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV and enter the value setting. Refer to Table 2-1
for value settings.
Example 1: Transmission Measurements
The following key strokes will set up the instrument for measuring transmissionfrom port 1 to port 3 on channel 1, and measuring transmission from port 3 toport 2 on channel 2.
1. Press �Chan 1� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
2. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �7� �x1�.
3. Press �Chan 2� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S12 (A/R) .
4. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�.
Note These examples may be saved in an instrument state andrecalled later. Test port settings and TTL states are saved inthe instrument state.
To save this instrument state, press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE .
2-6 Operation
Example 2: Duplexer Setup
The following example measures a duplexer. The following keystrokes will setup the HP 8753E Option H39 to measure from port 1 to port 3 on channel 1,and from port 2 to port 3 is channel 2. In this example steps 4 and 7 indicatewhere you would perform a calibration.
1. Turn coupled channel o�. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCOUPLED CH OFF .
2. Press �Chan 1� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
3. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �7� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV
�7� �x1�.
4. Perform a two-port calibration on channel 1, for port 1 and port 3.
5. Press �Chan 2� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S21 B/R .
6. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV
�6� �x1�.
7. Perform a two-port calibration on channel 2, for port 2 and port 3.
8. Turn dual channel on. Press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDUAL CHAN ON .
The HP 8753E Option H39 with the coupled channel o� (see Example2: Duplexer Setup), and the dual-channel display on (see Example 2:Duplexer Setup), can measure two separate, independent ports. Measurementcapabilities are shown for channel 1 and channel 2. Measurement capabilitieson channel 1:
S21=Port 1{Port 3 Trans.
S11=Port 1 Re .
S22=Port 3 Re .
S12=Port 3{Port 1 Trans.
Operation 2-7
Measurement capabilities on Channel 2:
S21=Port 2{Port 3 Trans.
S11=Port 2 Re .
S22=Port 3 Re .
S12=Port 3{Port 2 Trans.
Note These examples may be saved in an instrument state andrecalled later. Test port settings and TTL states are saved inthe instrument state.
To save this instrument state, press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE .
2-8 Operation
Sequence Commands
The test set I/O may be set by using the test sequencing function.
Sequence Example
The following example sets up port con�guration for port 1 to port 2, and port2 for to port 3.
1. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEW SEQ/MODIFY SEQ
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 1 SEQ1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT .
2. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�.
3. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �5� �x1�.
4. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SEQ MODIFY .
5. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMORE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTITLE SEQUENCE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 1 SEQ1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNERASE TITLE .
6. Rotate the front panel knob and select the following:NNNNNP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNN1
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNN2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN .
7. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEW SEQ/MODIFY SEQ
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 2 SEQ2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT .
8. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�.
9. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�.
10. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SEQ MODIFY .
11. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMORE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTITLE SEQUENCE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 2 SEQ2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNERASE TITLE .
12. Rotate the front panel knob and select the following:NNNNNP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNN2
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNN3
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT LETTER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN .
13. Press �Preset�.
Display softkeys should showNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 1 P12
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 2 P23 . For
more information about sequencing and its capabilities, refer to theHP 8753E User's Guide.
PressingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 1 P12 sets the analyzer to measure between ports 1 and 2.
PressingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEQUENCE 2 P23 sets the analyzer to measure between ports 2 and 3.
Operation 2-9
HP-IB Commands and their Measurements
Table 2-2 shows the HP-IB commands that can be used to externally calibrateand control the port con�guration for the HP 8753E Option H39.
Table 2-2. HP-IB Commands
HP-IB Command Measurement
TSTIOFWD7 PORT 1 to PORT 3: S21, S11
TSTIOFWD6 PORT 2 to PORT 3: S21, S11
TSTIOFWD5 PORT 1 to PORT 2: S21, S11
TSTIOREV7 PORT 3 to PORT 1: S12, S22
TSTIOREV6 PORT 3 to PORT 2: S12, S22
TSTIOREV5 PORT 2 to PORT 1: S12, S22
Example 1: Uncouple Channel 1 and Channel 2
In this example, the network analyzer's Chan1 and Chan2 are uncoupled.Chan1 and Chan2 testset I/O FWD and I/O REV are set independently. Thenetwork analyzer display is set so both Chan1 and Chan2 are displayed.
In the following commands, Nwa is the address of the network analyzer.
OUTPUT Nwa;\COUPOFF" !uncouples channels
OUTPUT Nwa;\CHAN1";\S21" !set channel 1 to measure S21
OUTPUT Nwa;\TSTIOFWD7" !ports 1 and 3 selected for channel 1
OUTPUT Nwa;\TSTIOREV7" !ports 1 and 3 selected for channel 1
OUTPUT Nwa;\DUACON" !dual channel display on
For more information and how to externally calibrate and control theHP 8753E Option H39, refer to the HP 8753E User's Guide and theHP 8753E Programming Guide.
2-10 Operation
Example 2: Setting the HP 8753E Option H39 for a Full Two-Port CalSequence
The following HP{IB commands set up the HP 8753E Option H39 to perform afull two{port calibration from port 2 to port 3. This command is followed byperforming a two{port calibration.
In the following commands, Nwa is the address of the network analyzer.
OUTPUT Nwa;\CHAN2";\S21" !set channel 2 to measure S21
OUTPUT Nwa;\TSTIOFWD6" !ports 2 and 3 selected for channel 2
OUTPUT Nwa;\TSTIOREV6" !ports 2 and 3 selected for channel 2
For more information and capabilities on how to externally calibrate andcontrol the HP 8753E Option H39, refer to the HP 8753E User's Guide andthe HP 8753E Programming Guide.
Operation 2-11
Operator's Check
Description
The operator's check consists of two softkey-initiated tests: Port 1 Op Chk
and Port 2 Op Chk.
A short is connected to port 1 (port 2, port 3) to re ect all the source energyback into the analyzer for an S11 (S22) measurement.
The �rst part of Port 1, Op Chk checks the repeatability of the transferswitch. An S11 measurement is stored in memory and the switch is toggledto port 3 and then back to port 1 where another S11 measurement is made.The di�erence between the memory trace and the second trace is switchrepeatability.
The remaining parts of both tests exercise the internal attenuator in 5 dBsteps over a 55 dB range.
The resulting measurements must be within a limit testing window to passthe test. The window size is based on source and receiver speci�cations.
The operator's check determines the following:
The source is phase locked across the entire frequency range.
All three samplers are functioning properly.
All transfer switches and receiver switches are operational.
The attenuator steps 5 dB at a time.
Required Equipment
Short (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : part of the HP 85032B calibration kit
Analyzer warm-up time: 30 minutes.
2-12 Operation
Procedure
Repeatability Check for Port 1 and Port 3
1. Disconnect all devices, peripherals, and accessories (including adapters andlimiters) from the analyzer.
2. Run the test for port 1 and press �Preset�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPRESET: FACTORY �System�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXTERNAL TESTS .
3. The display should show TEST 21 Port 1 Op Chk in the active area.
4. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST to begin the test.
5. At the prompt, connect the short to port 1. Make sure the connection istight.
6. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE .
The test is a sequence of subtests. At the end of the subtests, the test titleand result will be displayed. If all tests pass successfully, the overall teststatus will be PASS. If any test fails, the overall test status will be FAIL.
7. Run the test for port 3 and press the step �*� key. The display should showTEST 22 Port 2 Op Chk in the active entry area.
8. Repeat steps 4 through 6.
Note Do not follow the display prompt. Connect the short to port 3.
Repeatability Check for Port 2 and Port 3
9. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6� �x1�.
10. Run the test for port 2 and press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXTERNAL TESTS .
11. The display should show TEST 21 Port 1 Op Chk in the active area.
12. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST to begin the test.
Operation 2-13
13. At the prompt, connect the short to port 2. Make sure the connection istight.
14. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE . See note below.
Note Do not follow the display prompt. Connect the short to port 2.
The test is a sequence of subtests. At the end of the subtests, the test titleand result will be displayed. If all tests pass successfully, the overall teststatus will be PASS. If any test fails, the overall test status will be FAIL.
15. Run the test for port 3 and press the step �*� key. The display will showTEST 22 Port 2 Op Chk in the active entry area.
16. Repeat steps 12 through 14.
Note Do not follow the display prompt. Connect the short to port 3.
Repeatability Check for Port 1 and Port 2
17. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �5� �x1�.
18. Run the test for port 1 and press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXTERNAL TESTS .
19. The display should show TEST 21 Port 1 Op Chk in the active area.
20. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST to begin the test.
21. At the prompt, connect the short to port 1. Make sure the connection istight.
22. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE .
The test is a sequence of subtests. At the end of the subtests, the test titleand result will be displayed. If all tests pass successfully, the overall teststatus will be PASS. If any test fails, the overall test status will be FAIL.
2-14 Operation
23. Run the test for port 2 and press the step �*� key. The display should showTEST 22 Port 2 Op Chk in the active entry area.
24. Repeat steps 20 through 22.
25. If all tests pass, the analyzer is about 80% veri�ed. If any test fails, referto the HP 8753E Service Guide, \Faulty Group Isolation" in Chapter 4 orcheck the following:
a. Make sure that the connection is tight. Repeat the test.
b. Visually inspect the connector interfaces and clean them if necessary(refer to \Principles of Microwave Connector Care" in Chapter 1 of theHP 8753E Service Guide.
c. Verify that the short meets published speci�cations.
d. Substitute another short, and repeat the test.
e. Refer to troubleshooting in the HP 8753E Option H39 Service Guide.
Operation 2-15
3
Specifications
All speci�cations for the HP 8753E Option H39 are consistent with those forthe standard HP 8753E, with the exception of the speci�cations found in thischapter.
Specifications 3-1
Measurement Capabilities
Port Paths S-Parameter Measurements
Port 1 to Port 31 S11, S21, S12, S22
Port 1 to Port 2 S11, S21, S12, S22
Port 2 to Port 3 S11, S21, S12, S22
1 Default for Preset and Power up.
Frequency Response
Frequency Response (25�5�C) Speci�cation
Port 1 and Port 3
300 kHz to 3 GHz �1 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz �2 dB
Port 21
300 kHz to 3 GHz 2 dB p-p
3 GHz to 6 GHz 4 dB p-p
1 Peak to Peak deviation from nominal trace across the frequency range.
3-2 Specifications
Raw (Uncorrected) Performance Characteristics
Measurement Characteristics(Uncorrected1)
30 kHz to300 kHz2
300 kHz to1.3 GHz
1.3 GHz to3 GHz
3 GHz to6 GHz
Directivity 20 dB3 35 dB 30 dB 20 dB
Source Match 10 dB4 16 dB 16 dB 12 dB
Load Match5 18 dB 18 dB 16 dB 14 dB
Re ection Tracking6 �3.5 dB �1.5 dB �1.5 dB �2.5 dB
Transmission Tracking6 �3.5 dB �1.5 dB �1.5 dB �2.5 dB
Crosstalk 90 dB 100 dB 100 dB 90 dB
1 Applies at 25�5�C.
2 Typical
3 15 dB, 30 kHz to 50 kHz
4 10 dB, 30 kHz to 50 kHz
5 O�-state Load Match typically �18 dB, 100 kHz to 3 GHz, �16 dB, 3 GHz to 6 GHz
6 Deviation of nominal trace across the frequency response.
Measurement Characteristics (Corrected)
MeasurementCharacteristics(Corrected1)
30 kHz to300 kHz2
300 kHz to1.3 GHz
1.3 GHz to3 GHz
3 GHz to6 GHz
Directivity 50 dB 50 dB 47 dB 40 dB
Source Match 49 dB 42 dB 35 dB 31 dB
Load Match 50 dB 50 dB 47 dB 40 dB
Re ection Tracking �0.005 dB �0.009 dB �0.019 dB �0.070 dB
Transmission Tracking �0.014 dB �0.013 dB �0.026 dB �0.065 dB
1 At 25�C �5�C.
2 Typical
Specifications 3-3
Output Power Characteristics
Output Power Characteristics Range
Port 1
Standard and Option 006 �85 dBm to +10 dBm
Port 2 and Port 3
Standard and Option 006 �85 dBm to +7 dBm
Average Noise Level
Average Noise Level Speci�cation
300 kHz to 3 GHz
3 kHz IF Bandwidth �81 dB
10 Hz IF Bandwidth �102 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz
3 kHz IF Bandwidth �76 dB
10 Hz IF Bandwidth �97 dB
3-4 Specifications
System Performance Summary
Equipment Required
Calibration Kit : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 85032B/ETest Port Cables : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 11857D
Typical Measurement Uncertainty
The following graphs show the typical measurement uncertainty of a three-portdevice after full two-port error calibration. The curves utilize an RSS model forthe contribution of residual systematic errors, dynamic accuracy, and switchrepeatability. The isolation values on the curves represent the isolation that thedevice presents to the uncorrected port outside the measurement path.
Specifications 3-5
Figure 3-1 shows the S21 transmission coe�cient (dB) for a three-port devicewhen the third port is terminated in the inactive test port over a 300 kHz to6 GHz frequency range.
Figure 3-1.
S21 Measurement Uncertainty Characteristic Curves (Corrected, Typical)
3-6 Specifications
Figure 3-2 shows the S11 re ection coe�cient (dB) for a three-port devicewhen the third port is terminated in the inactive test port over a 300 kHz to6 GHz frequency range.
Figure 3-2.
S11 Measurement Uncertainty Characteristic Curves (Corrected, Typical)
Specifications 3-7
Index
A
average noise level, 3-4
C
commands, 2-1
D
duplexer setup example, 2-7
F
features, 2-1frequency response, 3-2front panel, 2-1
H
HP-IB commands, 2-10
I
introduction, iI/O parameters, 2-1
M
measurement capabilities, 3-2measurement capabilities channel 1, 2-7measurement capabilities channel 2, 2-8measurement characteristics (corrected),
3-3
menu map, 2-1
O
operation, ioperator's check, 2-1, 2-12output power characteristics, 3-4
R
raw (uncorrected performancecharacteristics, 3-3
R channel, 2-2reference material, 2-1
S
sequence command example, 2-9sequence commands, 2-9speci�cations, i, 3-1status LED, 2-2system performance summary, 3-5
T
test port, 2-2test port LED, 2-2test set I/O port parameters, 2-5three-port test set, 1-1transmission measurement example, 2-6
typical measurement uncertainty, 3-5
Index-1
Service Guide for the
HP 8753E
Option H39
Three-Port Test Set
ABCDE
Printed in USA
Contents
1. Service Equipment
2. System Veri�cation and Performance Tests
How to Test the Performance of Your Analyzer . . . . . . . . 2-2Performance Test Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2General Instrument Setup Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3System Veri�cation Cycle and Kit Recerti�cation . . . . . . . 2-3HP 8753E Option H39 System Veri�cation . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Port 1 to Port 3 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Instrument Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Port 1 to Port 3 Measurement Calibration . . . . . . . . . 2-8Port 1 to Port 3 Device Veri�cation . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Port 2 Veri�cation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13In Case of Di�culty for Port 1 to Port 3 . . . . . . . . . . 2-14
Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-161. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy . . . . . 2-17Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
2. External Source Mode Frequency Range . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
3. Test Port Output Power Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25
4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity . . . . . . . 2-26Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
Contents-1
Additional Equipment Required for Analyzers with Option006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-285. Minimum R Channel Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-31
6. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz (IF BW = 3
kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz (IF BW = 10
Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
(IF BW = 10 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
(IF BW = 3 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
(IF BW = 3 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
(IF BW = 10 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 10
Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 3
kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
(IF BW = 3 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
(IF BW = 10 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz (IF BW = 10
Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-44Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz (IF BW = 3
kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 3
kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 10
Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Contents-2
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47
In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-477. Test Port Input Frequency Response . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Additional Equipment Required for Analyzers with Option
006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Power Meter Calibration for Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3
GHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz 2-52Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
Reverse Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Power Meter Calibration on Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . 2-54Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz 2-55Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
Forward Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Power Meter Calibration for Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz 2-56Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . 2-58Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz,
Forward Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz 2-60Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . 2-61Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz,
Reverse Direction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62
8. Test Port Crosstalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Test Port Crosstalk (Port 1 and Port 3) . . . . . . . . . . 2-64Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-64Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-65Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-65Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-65
Test Port Crosstalk (Port 2 and Port 3) . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-66
Contents-3
Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-66Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-67Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-67
Test Port Crosstalk (Port 1 and Port 2) . . . . . . . . . . 2-68Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-68Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz . . . . . 2-68Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-69Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . . . . . 2-69
In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-699. Calibration Coe�cients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71Port 1 to Port 3 Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-74Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-74Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-74Re ection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-75Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-75Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-75
Port 1 to Port 3 Second Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . 2-76Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-78Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-78Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-78Re ection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-79
Port 2 to Port 3 Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . . . . 2-80Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-82Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-82Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-83Re ection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-83Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-84Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-84
Port 2 to Port 3 Second Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . 2-85Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-87Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-87Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-87Re ection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-88
Port 1 to Port 2 Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . . . . 2-89Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-91
Contents-4
Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-91Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-92Re ection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-92Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-93Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . 2-93
Port 1 to Port 2 Second Full 2-Port Calibration . . . . . . . 2-94Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-96Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . . 2-96Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . . . . 2-97Re ection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coe�cient . . . 2-97
10. System Trace Noise (Only for Analyzers without Option 006) 2-98Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-98System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude . . . . . . . . . . 2-99System Trace Noise for A/R Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-100System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude . . . . . . . . . . 2-100System Trace Noise for B/R Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-100In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-101
11. System Trace Noise (Only for Analyzers with Option 006) . 2-102Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude from 30 kHz to 3 GHz 2-103System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude from 3 GHz to 6 GHz 2-104System Trace Noise for A/R Phase from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . 2-104System Trace Noise for A/R Phase from 30 kHz to 3 GHz . . 2-104System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude from 30 kHz to 3 GHz 2-105System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude from 3 GHz to 6 GHz 2-105System Trace Noise for B/R Phase from 3 GHz to 6 GHz . . 2-105System Trace Noise for B/R Phase from 30 kHz to 3 GHz . . 2-105In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-106
12. Test Port Input Impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-107In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-112
13. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy . . . . . 2-113Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-114Initial Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-115
Contents-5
Power Meter Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-116Adapter Removal Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-118Measure Test Port 3 Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy . . . . . 2-120Measure Test Port 1 Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy . . . . . 2-122In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-123
14. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Compression . . . . . . . . 2-124Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-124Test Port 3 Magnitude Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-125Test Port 1 Magnitude Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-126In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-127
15. Test Port Receiver Phase Compression . . . . . . . . . . 2-128Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-128Test Port 3 Phase Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-129Test Port 1 Phase Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-130In Case of Di�culty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-130
16. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics (Option 002 Analyzerswithout Option 006 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-131Test Port Output Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . 2-132Test Port Output Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . 2-133Port 1 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-134Port 1 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-135Port 3 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-135Port 3 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-136
17. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics (Option 002 Analyzerswith Option 006 Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137Speci�cations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-137Test Port Output Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . 2-138Test Port Output Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . 2-139Port 1 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-140Port 1 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-141Port 3 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-141Port 3 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic . . . . . . . . . . 2-142
Contents-6
2a. Performance Test Record
For Analyzers with a Frequency Range of 30 kHz to 3 GHz . . . 2a-1
2b. Performance Test Record
For Analyzers with a Frequency Range of 30 kHz to 6 GHz . . . 2b-1
3. Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Three-Port Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2Test Port Couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3LED Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Transfer Switch S0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Test Port 2 and 3 Source Switch S1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3A Sampler Receiver Switch S2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4B Sampler Receiver Switch S3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Port 2 Receiver Switch S4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Test Set Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5No RF Source at All Test Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7No RF Source at Test Port 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7RF Source at Test Port 1, No RF Source at Test Ports 2 or 3
or Both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Receiver Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Port 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Port 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Port 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
4. Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures
Index
Contents-7
Figures
2-1. System Veri�cation Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62-2. Connections for Measurement Calibration Standards . . . . 2-82-3. Transmission Calibration Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-102-4. Connections for the 20 dB Veri�cation Device . . . . . . . 2-112-5. Connections for the 50 dB Veri�cation Device . . . . . . . 2-122-6. Mismatch Device Veri�cation Setup 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 2-122-7. Mismatch Device Veri�cation Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 2-132-8. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup . 2-182-9. External Source Mode Frequency Range Test Setup . . . . . 2-212-10. Source Output Power Accuracy Test Setup . . . . . . . . . 2-242-11. Test Port Output Power Range and Accuracy Test Setup . . 2-272-12. Minimum R Channel Level Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . 2-302-13. Flexible RF Cable Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-322-14. Connections for Substituting the R Sampler (A4) . . . . . . 2-332-15. Setup for Checking the R Sampler (A4) . . . . . . . . . . 2-342-16. Source Input Noise Floor Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . 2-372-17. Source Input Noise Floor Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . 2-422-18. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1 . . . . . . 2-492-19. Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response Test Setup . . . . . . 2-522-20. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 3 . . . . . . 2-542-21. Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response Test Setup . . . . . . 2-552-22. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 3 . . . . . . 2-572-23. Setup for Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response . . . . . . 2-582-24. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1 . . . . . . 2-602-25. Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response Test Setup . . . . . . 2-612-26. Test Port Crosstalk Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-642-27. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Bottom . . . . . . . . . 2-702-28. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 and Port 3) . 2-722-29. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3) . . . 2-732-30. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3) . 2-76
Contents-8
2-31. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3) . . . 2-772-32. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 and Port 3) . 2-802-33. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3) . . . 2-812-34. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3) . 2-852-35. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3) . . . 2-862-36. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 and Port 2) . 2-892-37. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2) . . . 2-902-38. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2) . 2-942-39. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2) . . . 2-952-40. System Trace Noise Test Setup (30 kHz to 3 GHz) . . . . . 2-992-41. System Trace Noise Test Setup (30 kHz to 6 GHz) . . . . . 2-1032-42. S11 1-Port Cal Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1082-43. Test Port 3 Input Impedance Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . 2-1092-44. S22 1-port Cal Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1102-45. Test Port 1 Input Impedance Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . 2-1112-46. Power Meter Calibration for Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy . 2-1162-47. Full 2-Port Calibration with Adapter Removal . . . . . . . 2-1182-48. Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy Measurement . . . . . . . . 2-1202-49. Test Port Magnitude Compression Test Setup . . . . . . . 2-1252-50. Test Port Phase Compression Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . 2-1292-51. Test Port Output Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . 2-1322-52. Receiver Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1342-53. Test Port Output Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . 2-1382-54. Receiver Harmonics Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1403-1. Source Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-53-2. Roll O� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-103-3. Power Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-4. Loose Switch Bias Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-123-5. Receiver Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-133-6. Good Port 3 B Channel Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-143-7. Good Port 1 A Channel Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-163-8. Receiver Setup 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-193-9. Good Port 2 A Channel Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-203-10. Power Meter Calibration for Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy . 3-223-11. Good Port 2 B Channel Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-233-12. HP 8753E Option H39 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . 3-263-13. HP 8753E Option H39 Bottom Major Components . . . . . 3-273-14. HP 8753E Option H39 Bottom Assembly Cables . . . . . . 3-28
Contents-9
3-15. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Top . . . . . . . . . . . 3-293-16. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Front . . . . . . . . . . 3-303-17. Interface PC Board Connector Reference . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
Contents-10
Tables
1-1. Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-2. Service Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22-1. Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy Calculations . . . . . . . . 2-1154-1. Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures . . . . . . . 4-2
Contents-11
1
Service Equipment
Table 1-1 and Table 1-2 list the tools, equipment, cables, and adapters neededwhen servicing, testing, or adjusting the HP 8753E Option H39.
Table 1-1. Required Tools
T-8, T-10, T-15, T-20, and T-25 TORX screwdrivers
Flat-blade screwdrivers { small, medium, and large
5/16-inch open-end wrench (for SMA nuts)
2-mm extended bit allen wrench
3/16, 5/16, and 9/16-inch hex nut drivers
5/16-inch open-end torque wrench (set to 10 in-lb)
2.5-mm hex-key driver
Nonconductive and nonferrous adjustment tool
Needle-nose pliers
Tweezers
Antistatic work mat with wrist strap
Service Equipment 1-1
Table 1-2. Service Equipment
Required Equipment Critical Speci�cations Recommended Model Use1
Veri�cation Kit, 7-mm No substitute HP 85029B P
Test Port Extension Cable Set, 7-mm HP 11857D A, P
Printer HP ThinkJet/DeskJet/LaserJet P
Adapter (3) (m) APC-7 to Type-N HP 11525A A, P
Frequency Counter 30 kHz to 500 MHz HP 5350B/51B/52B P
Frequency Counter 500 MHz to 6 GHz
(Option 006)
HP 5350B/51B/52B P
Adapter APC-3.5 (f) to Type-N (f) HP P/N 1250-1745 A, P
Adapter Type-N (f) to BNC (m) HP P/N 1250-1477 P
External Source Maximum spurious input:
<�30 dBc
Residual FM: <20 kHz
HP 83620A P
Cable RF APC-7, 24-inch HP P/N 8120-4779 A, P
Adapter APC-3.5 (f) to APC-7 HP P/N 1250-1747 A, P
Adapter APC-3.5 (m) to APC-7 HP P/N 1250-1746 A, P
Adapter APC-3.5 (m) to Type-N (f) HP P/N 1250-1750 A, P
Cable APC-7, 24-inch HP P/N 8120-4779 A, P
Power Sensor HP 8482A A, P, T
Step Attenuator, 110 dB No substitute HP 8496A Option 001, H18 P
Adapter Type-N (f) to Type-N (f) HP P/N 1250-0777 P
Adapter Type-N (m) to Type-N (m) HP P/N 1250-1475 P
Cable, HP-IB HP 10833A/B/C/D A
Diskette, 3.5 inch any
Attenuator (2), 20 dB, Type-N HP 8491A Option 020 P, T
Calibration Kit, 50 Type-N No substitute HP 85032B P
50 Type-N (m) Terminations (3) No substitute HP 909F P
Calibration Kit, Type-N 50 No substitute HP 85032B P
Calibration Kit, 7-mm No substitute HP 85031B P
Power Meter (HP-IB) HP 436A/437B/438A A, P, T
Power Sensor 3 GHz to 6 GHz HP 8481A A, P, T
Cable, RF (3) 50 Type-N (m) to (m) HP P/N 8120-4781 A, P
1 P-Performance Test, A-Adjustment, T-Troubleshooting
1-2 Service Equipment
2
System Verification and Performance Tests
There are two ways to con�rm that the HP 8753E Option H39 networkanalyzer is able to make measurements as speci�ed by Hewlett-Packard. Bothways are described in this chapter.
The �rst way is through the system veri�cation procedure. With systemveri�cation, the performance of the network analyzer is con�rmed as acomplete measurement system. The network analyzer is used to measure thetraceable behavior of test devices that are part of a veri�cation kit. All themeasurement uncertainties of the network analyzer, taken as a measurementsystem, have been accounted for in the serialized data disk shipped with theveri�cation kit.
The second way to con�rm the speci�ed performance of the network analyzer isby using the series of performance tests described in this chapter. Successfulcompletion of an individual test con�rms the speci�ed performance of thespeci�c subsystem tested, such as the source or receiver. Successful completionof the whole series of performance tests con�rms the speci�ed performance ofthe network analyzer as a complete measurement system.
For a complete description of the veri�cation and performance test processrefer to the HP 8753E Service Guide.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-1
How to Test the Performance of Your Analyzer
To obtain the same quality of performance testing that Hewlett-Packard hasadministered at the factory, you must perform one of the following:
the system veri�cation procedure
OR
all of the performance test procedures.
This quality of performance testing guarantees that the analyzer is performingwithin all of the published speci�cations. Hewlett-Packard will issue aCerti�cate of Calibration for your analyzer if the following conditions are met:
1. The performance veri�cation tests are performed by personnel quali�ed byHewlett-Packard.
2. Your analyzer passes all the performed tests.
3. The equipment and standards that you used to perform the tests aretraceable to a national standards institute.
Note If you have a particular type of measurement application thatdoes not use all of the analyzer's measurement capabilities, youmay ask your local Hewlett-Packard service center for a subsetof speci�cations that you want veri�ed. However, this doescreate a potential for making incorrect measurements, if youuse a di�erent application than what was speci�ed.
Performance Test Record
Find and use the appropriate \Performance Test Record" in the followingsubchapters of this guide:
Performance Test Record for 30 kHz to 3 GHzPerformance Test Record for 30 kHz to 6 GHz
2-2 System Verification and Performance Tests
General Instrument Setup Information
In the veri�cation procedure, the HP 8753E Option H39 is set up usingType-N (m) to APC-7 adapters. The adapters are installed on ports 1 and 3.Cables are then connected to the adapters. This setup is used throughout theveri�cation procedure. Calibration of the instrument is done with the adaptersand cables attached. If the cables are removed, the calibration will be a�ectedand the performance of the instrument will be invalid. All connections toports 1 and 3 are done at the open end of the cable. The analyzer will be setup to use the turn-on and preset default ports (port 1 and port 3). Systemveri�cation of the HP 8753E Option H39 requires less setup, by leaving theadapters and cables on the analyzer, and utilizing the default settings.
Note Once calibration is completed with the adapters and cablesattached to the analyzer, the adapters and cables shouldremain on the analyzer until all of the veri�cation procedurehas been completed. If the adapters or cables are removed thecalibration is a�ected and the performance of the instrumentwill be invalid.
System Verification Cycle and Kit Recertification
Hewlett-Packard recommends that you verify your network analyzermeasurement system every six months. Hewlett-Packard also suggests that youget your veri�cation kit recerti�ed annually. Refer to the HP 85029B 7-mm
Veri�cation Kit Operating and Service Manual for more information.
Check to see how the veri�cation kit's oppy disk is labeled:
If your veri�cation disk is labeled HP 8753D Verification Data Disk, orHP 8753D & HP 8753E Verification Data Disk, you may proceed with thesystem veri�cation.
If your veri�cation disk is not labeled as indicated above, you may sendyour HP 85029B 7-mm veri�cation kit to the nearest service center forrecerti�cation, which includes a data disk that you can use with theHP 8753E.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-3
HP 8753E Option H39 System Verification
Equipment Required
Calibration Kit, 7-mm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85031BVeri�cation Kit, 7-mm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85029BAdapter (2), APC-7 to Type-N (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 11525ATest Port Extension Cable Set, 7-mm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 11857DPrinter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP ThinkJet/DeskJet/LaserJet
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
The following procedures are covered in this section:
Port 1 to Port 3 Initialization
Port 1 to Port 3 Measurement Calibration
Port 1 to Port 3 Device Veri�cation
Port 2 Veri�cation
In Case of Di�culty for Port 1 to Port 3
2-4 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 to Port 3 Initialization
Instrument Setup
Connect the following equipment to port 1 and port 3 of the analyzer as shownin Figure 2-1.
Adapter (2), APC-7 to Type-N (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 11525A
Test Port Extension Cable Set, 7-mm : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 11857D
Caution The following procedure will erase all instrument states thatmay be stored in internal memory.
1. Clear all internal memory.
Perform the following steps to save to a oppy disk any instrument statesthat are stored in internal memory.
a. Press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN .
b. Select an instrument state and pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL STATE .
c. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE .
d. If the instrument state �le was not saved to disk with the same namethat it had while in internal memory, you may wish to rename the �le.
e. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFILE UTILITIES
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRENAME FILE , enter the desired name, and
pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE .
f. Repeat steps a through d for each instrument state that you wish tosave.
2. To clear all internal memory, press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPEEK/POKE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRESET MEMORY �Preset�.
3. Let the analyzer warm up for one hour.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-5
Figure 2-1. System Verification Test Setup
4. While the equipment is warming up, review the \Connector Care QuickReference" information in Chapter 1 of the HP 8753E Service Guide. Goodconnections and clean, undamaged connectors are critical for accuratemeasurement results.
5. Insert the veri�cation kit disk into the analyzer disk drive.
6. Press �Preset� �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL DISK .
7. If you want a printout of the veri�cation data for all the devices, press�System�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTEST OPTIONS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECORD ON .
Note If you switch on the record function, you CANNOT switch ito� during the veri�cation procedure.
8. Position the paper in the printer so that printing starts at the top of thepage.
2-6 System Verification and Performance Tests
9. If you have di�culty with the printer:
a. If the interface on your printer is HP-IB, verify that the printer addressis set to 1 (or change the setting in the analyzer to match that of theprinter).
b. If the interface on your printer is serial or parallel, be sure that youselected the printer port and the printer type correctly (refer to theHP 8753E Network Analyzer User's Guide for more information on howto perform these tasks).
10. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSYS VER TESTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
11. The analyzer displays Sys Ver Init DONE; the initialization procedure iscomplete.
Caution DO NOT press �Preset� or recall another instrument state. Youmust use the instrument state that you loaded during theinitialization procedure.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-7
Port 1 to Port 3 Measurement Calibration
12. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:7mm
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
13. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
14. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION .
15. Connect the \open" to the reference test port 1, as shown in Figure 2-2.
Figure 2-2. Connections for Measurement Calibration Standards
2-8 System Verification and Performance Tests
16. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN .
17. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, connect the \short" tothe reference test port 1.
18. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT .
19. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, connect the 50 termination (supplied in the calibration kit) to reference test port 1.
20. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
21. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, connect the \open" tothe reference test port 3.
22. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN .
23. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, connect the \short" tothe reference test port 3.
24. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:SHORT .
25. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, connect the 50 termination to reference test port 3.
26. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:LOAD .
27. When the analyzer �nishes measuring the standard, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
The analyzer brie y displays COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-9
28. Connect the test port cables as shown Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3. Transmission Calibration Setup
29. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
30. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
31. Press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE to
save the calibration into the analyzer internal memory.
32. When the analyzer �nishes saving the instrument state, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL DISK .
2-10 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 to Port 3 Device Verification
33. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �28� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
34. At the prompt, connect the 20 dB attenuator (supplied in the veri�cationkit) as shown in Figure 2-4.
35. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE to run the test:
a. If you switched OFF the record function, you have to pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE
after each S-parameter measurement.
b. If you switched ON the record function, the analyzer measures allS-parameters (magnitude and phase) without pausing. Also, theanalyzer only displays and prints the PASS/FAIL information for theS-parameter measurements that are valid for system veri�cation.
Figure 2-4. Connections for the 20 dB Verification Device
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-11
36. When the analyzer �nishes all the measurements, connect the 50 dBattenuator (supplied in the veri�cation kit), as shown in Figure 2-5.
Figure 2-5. Connections for the 50 dB Verification Device
37. Press �29� �x1�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE .
38. When all measurements are complete, replace the veri�cation device withthe veri�cation mismatch, as shown in Figure 2-6. Be sure to connect portA of the veri�cation mismatch to reference test port 1.
Figure 2-6. Mismatch Device Verification Setup 1
2-12 System Verification and Performance Tests
39. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �30� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE .
40. When the analyzer �nishes all the measurements, connect the mismatchveri�cation device, as shown in Figure 2-7. Notice that port B is nowconnected to reference test port 1.
Figure 2-7. Mismatch Device Verification Setup 2
41. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �31� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUE .
42. You have completed the system veri�cation procedure when the analyzerdisplays Ver Def 4 DONE.
Port 2 Verification
Perform the port 2 veri�cation to ensure the proper operation of the HP 8753EOption H39. Port 2 veri�cation consists of doing all of the port 2 to port 3and port 1 to port 2 veri�cation tests in performance test 9 found in the\Calibration Coe�cients" section of this guide.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-13
In Case of Difficulty for Port 1 to Port 3
1. Inspect all connections.
Caution DO NOT disconnect the cables from the analyzer test ports.Doing so WILL INVALIDATE the calibration that youperformed earlier.
2. Press �Preset� �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN . Using
the front panel knob, highlight the title of the full 2-port calibration thatyou have done earlier, then press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL STATE .
3. Repeat the \Port 1 to Port 3 Device Veri�cation" procedure.
4. If the analyzer still fails the test, check the measurement calibration asfollows:
a. Press �Preset�.
b. Recall the calibration by pressing �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT DISK
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINTERNAL MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN .
c. Use the front panel knob to highlight the calibration you want to recalland press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL STATE .
d. Connect the short to the reference test port 1.
e. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRefl: FWD S11 (A/R) �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCONTINUOUS .
f. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �.05� �x1�.
g. Check that the trace response is 0.00�0.05 dB.
h. Disconnect the short and connect it to reference test port 3.
i. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRefl: REV S22(B/R) .
j. Check that the trace response is 0.00�0.05 dB.
5. If any of the trace responses are out of the speci�ed limits, repeat the \Port1 to Port 3 Measurement Calibration" and the \Port 1 to Port 3 DeviceVeri�cation" procedures.
2-14 System Verification and Performance Tests
6. Refer to Chapter 4, \Start Troubleshooting Here," in theHP 8753E Service Guide for more troubleshooting information.
7. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," in thisguide, for information regarding specialized troubleshooting for theHP 8753E Option H39.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-15
Performance Tests
To ensure that the HP 8753E Option H39 performs as speci�ed, complete all ofthe listed performance tests. The number of the performance test correspondsto the number to the right of the � � in the performance test record.
The following performance tests are in this section:
1. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy2. External Source Mode Frequency Range3. Test Port Output Power Accuracy4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity5. Minimum R Channel Level6. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level7. Test Port Input Frequency Response8. Test Port Crosstalk9. Calibration Coe�cients10. System Trace Noise (Only for Analyzers without Option 006)11. System Trace Noise (Only for Analyzers with Option 006)12. Test Port Input Impedance13. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy14. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Compression15. Test Port Receiver Phase Compression16. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics
(Option 002 Analyzers without Option 006 only)17. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics
(Option 002 Analyzers with Option 006 only)
2-16 System Verification and Performance Tests
1. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy
Perform this test to verify the frequency accuracy of the HP 8753E over itsentire operating frequency range.
Specifications
Frequency Range Frequency Accuracy1
30 kHz to 3 GHz �10 ppm
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 �10 ppm
1 At 25�5�C.
2 Only for analyzers with Option 006 { 30 kHzto 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Frequency Counter (30 kHz to 500 MHz) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 5350B/51B/52BFrequency Counter (500 MHz to 6 GHz) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 5350B/51B/52BCable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781Adapter, APC-3.5 (f) to Type-N (f) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-1745Adapter, Type-N (f) to BNC (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 1250-1477
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-17
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-8.
Figure 2-8. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ .
3. Press �30� �k/m� and write the frequency counter reading in the \PerformanceTest Record."
4. Repeat step 3 for each instrument frequency listed in the \Performance TestRecord."
2-18 System Verification and Performance Tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. If any measured frequency is close to the speci�cation limits, check thetime-base accuracy of the counter used.
2. If the analyzer fails by a signi�cant margin at all frequencies (especiallyif the deviation increases with frequency), the master time baseprobably needs adjustment. In this case, refer to the \FrequencyAccuracy Adjustment" procedure, located in Chapter 3, of theHP 8753E Service Guide, \Adjustments and Correction Constants."The \Fractional-N Frequency Range Adjustment" also a�ects frequencyaccuracy.
3. Refer to Chapter 7, \Source Troubleshooting," in theHP 8753E Service Guide, for related troubleshooting information.
4. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," in thisguide, for information regarding the specialized troubleshooting of theHP 8753E Option H39.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-19
2. External Source Mode Frequency Range
Perform this test to verify that the analyzer's reference channel, input R, iscapable of phase-locking to an external CW signal.
Specifications
Frequency Range
30 kHz to 3 GHz
30 kHz to 6 GHz1
1 Only for analyzerswith Option 006 �30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
External Source : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 83620ACable, APC-7, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4779Adapter, APC-3.5 (f) to APC-7 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-1747Adapter, APC-3.5 (m) to APC-7 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-1746
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
1. On the external source, press �Preset� �CW� �10� �MHz/�sec� �POWER LEVEL���/ � �20� �GHz/dB(m)�.
2-20 System Verification and Performance Tests
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-9.
Figure 2-9. External Source Mode Frequency Range Test Setup
3. On the network analyzer, press �Preset� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNR .
4. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINSTRUMENT MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXT SOURCE AUTO �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �10�
�M/�� .
5. Check to see if the analyzer is phase locking to the external CW signal:
a. If the analyzer displays any phase-lock error messages, write \unlock" onthe \Performance Test Record" for the set CW signal.
b. If the analyzer does not display any phase-lock error messages, write\lock" on the \Performance Test Record" for the set CW signal.
6. On the external source, press �CW� �20� �MHz/��.
7. On the analyzer, press �20� �M/��.
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the other external source CW frequencies listedin the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-21
In Case of Difficulty
If the analyzer displayed any phase-lock error messages:
1. Be sure the external source power is set within 0 to �25 dBm.
2. Make sure the analyzer's \Ext Source Auto" feature is selected. In addition,verify that the analyzer is set to measure its input R channel.
3. Verify that all connections are tight.
2-22 System Verification and Performance Tests
3. Test Port Output Power Accuracy
Perform this test to con�rm the accuracy of the HP 8753E source outputpower.
Specifications
Frequency Range Test Port OutputPower Accuracy1
300 kHz to 3 GHz �1.0 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 �1.0 dB
1 At 0 dBm and 25�5�C
2 Only for analyzers with Option 006 {30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 436A/437B/438APower Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 8482A
Additional Equipment Required for Analyzers with Option 006
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 8481A
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-23
Figure 2-10. Source Output Power Accuracy Test Setup
1. Zero and calibrate the power meter. For more information on how toperform this task, refer to the power meter operating manual.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-10.
3. Press �Preset�.
Note The factory preset test port power is 0 dBm.
2-24 System Verification and Performance Tests
4. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �300� �k/m�. Set the calibration factor on the power
meter for this CW frequency.
5. Write the power meter reading on the \Performance Test Record."
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each CW frequency listed in the \Performance TestRecord." For analyzers with Option 006, use the HP 8481A power sensor forall frequencies above 3 GHz.
In Case of Difficulty
1. Be sure the source power is switched on. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER . Check
theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSOURCE PWR softkey; \on" should be highlighted. Otherwise, press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSOURCE PWR to switch on the source power.
2. Refer to Chapter 7, \Source Troubleshooting," in theHP 8753E Service Guide, for related troubleshooting information.
3. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," in thisguide, for information regarding specialized troubleshooting for theHP 8753E Option H39.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-25
4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity
Perform this test to verify the analyzer's test port output power range andpower level linearity at selected CW frequencies.
Specifications
Power Range Power Level Linearity1
�15 to +5 dBm �0.2 dB
+5 to +10 dBm �0.5 dB
1 Relative to 0 dBm output level.
Equipment Required
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 437B/438APower Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8482A
Additional Equipment Required for Analyzers with Option 006
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8481A
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-26 System Verification and Performance Tests
1. Zero and calibrate the power meter. Refer to the power meter operatingmanual for more information on how to do this task.
2. On the network analyzer, press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �300� �k/m�. Set the
power meter calibration factor for this CW frequency.
3. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-11.
Figure 2-11. Test Port Output Power Range and Accuracy Test Setup
4. On the HP 438A, press �REL�. This sets the current power level for relativepower measurement.
5. On the network analyzer, press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWR RANGE MAN .
6. Write the power meter reading on the \Results Measured" column in the\Performance Test Record."
7. Calculate the di�erence between the analyzer test port power (whichappears on the analyzer's display) and the power meter reading. Write theresult on the \Power Level Linearity" column in the \Performance TestRecord."
8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 for the other power levels listed in the\Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-27
9. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �3� �G/n�.
10. Set the power meter calibration factor for this CW frequency and press�REL� to set the reference at this new frequency.
11. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER ��15� �x1�.
12. Write the power meter reading on the \Results Measured" column in the\Performance Test Record."
13. Calculate the di�erence between the analyzer test port power and thepower meter reading. Write the result on the \Power Level Linearity"column of the \Performance Test Record."
14. Repeat steps 11 through 13 for the other power levels listed in the\Performance Test Record."
In Case of Difficulty
1. Ensure that the power meter and power sensor(s) are operating tospeci�cations. Be sure you set the power meter calibration factor for theCW frequency that you are testing.
2. Verify that there is power coming out of the analyzer's test port 1. Be sureyou did not accidentally switch o� the analyzer's internal source. If you didso, press �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSOURCE PWR ON .
3. Repeat this performance test.
2-28 System Verification and Performance Tests
5. Minimum R Channel Level
Perform this test to determine the minimum R channel input power level atwhich phase-lock can be accomplished.
Specifications
Frequency Range Minimum R Channel Level
300 kHz to 3 GHz <�35 dBm
3 GHz to 6 GHz1 <�30 dBm
1 Only for analyzers with Option 006 { 30 kHz to6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781Adapter, APC-3.5 (m) to Type-N (f) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-1750
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-29
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-12.
Figure 2-12. Minimum R Channel Level Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNR .
3. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWR RANGE MAN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER RANGES
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRANGE 4 �55 to �30 .
4. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFERENCE VALUE ��70� �x1�.
5. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �300� �k/m�.
6. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER ��65� �x1�.
The analyzer displays the message CAUTION: NO IF FOUND: CHECK R INPUT
LEVEL.
7. Press �*� to increase the test port power by 1 dBm.
8. If the analyzer displays a phase-lock error message, continue increasing thetest port power until phase-lock is achieved.
9. Write the test port power that is displayed on the analyzer, on the\Performance Test Record."
10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 for the other CW frequencies listed in the\Performance Test Record."
2-30 System Verification and Performance Tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. Check the exible RF cable (W8, as shown in Figure 2-13) between the Rsampler assembly (A4) and the A11 phase-lock assembly. Make sure it isconnected between A11J1 (PL IF IN) and 1st IF out.
Caution Do not push cable W8 down next to the A11 phase-lockassembly.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-31
Figure 2-13. Flexible RF Cable Location
2-32 System Verification and Performance Tests
2. Remove the W8 RF cable, refer to Figure 2-13 and theHP 8753E Service Guide \Assembly Replacement and Post{RepairProcedures" for instructions on how to remove and install the W8 RFcable.
3. Using an ohmmeter, verify that the RF cable is not open. In addition,examine both the cable connectors { measure the resistance between thecable center pin and the cable connector and make sure it is not close tozero.
4. Check the R sampler by substituting it with the B sampler (A6).
a. Move cable W8 to the B sampler (A6), as shown in Figure 2-14.
Figure 2-14. Connections for Substituting the R Sampler (A4)
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-33
5. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-15.
Figure 2-15. Setup for Checking the R Sampler (A4)
6. Repeat the test, but select the B sampler (A6) by pressing �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB in step 2. Use the following speci�cations:
300 kHz to 3 GHz <�27 dBm3 GHz to 6 GHz <�22 dBm
7. If the analyzer fails the test, replace the A11 assembly.
8. Verify that the high/low band adjustments are still within speci�cations.For more information on how to perform this task, refer to the \High/LowBand Transition Adjustment" located in Chapter 3, \Adjustments andCorrection Constants," in the HP 8753E Service Guide.
9. Refer to Chapter 7, \Source Troubleshooting," for more troubleshootinginformation in the HP 8753E Service Guide.
10. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," in thisguide, for information regarding specialized troubleshooting for theHP 8753E Option H39.
2-34 System Verification and Performance Tests
6. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level
Perform this test to determine the HP 8753E port 1, port 2, and port 3 noise oor levels at the input test ports.
Note Port 2 is separated into eight di�erent measurements, whileports 1 and 3 are separated into four measurements (two IFbandwidths per each frequency range, with two frequencyranges being measured). Port 2 is separated into channel Aand channel B. Channel A is the path from port 2 to theA sampler and channel B is the path from port 2 to the Bsampler. Each channel path (A or B) is then separated intofour measurements (two IF bandwidths per each frequencyrange, with two frequency ranges being measured). This willtotal the eight di�erent measurements being done for port 2.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-35
Specifications
Frequency Range Test Port IF Bandwidth AverageNoise Level
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 1 3 kHz �81 dBm
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 1 10 Hz �102 dBm
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 21 3 kHz �81 dBm
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 21 10 Hz �102 dBm
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 3 3 kHz �81 dBm
300 kHz to 3.0 GHz Port 3 10 Hz �102 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 1 3 kHz �76 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 1 10 Hz �97 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 21 3 kHz �76 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 21 10 Hz �97 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 3 3 kHz �76 dBm
3.0 GHz to 6.0 GHz2 Port 3 10 Hz �97 dBm
1 A and B channel noise oor.
2 Only for analyzer with Option 006 { 30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
50 Type-N (m) Terminations (3) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 909F, Option 12
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-36 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-16.
Figure 2-16. Source Input Noise Floor Test Setup
2. Press �Preset�.
3. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �5� �x1�.
4. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �3000� �x1� �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER ��85� �x1� �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLIN MAG �Scale Ref�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
6. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
7. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value (whichappears on the analyzer display).
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-37
8. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
Note Notice that the mean value that is displayed on the analyzer isin �Units. So, for example, if the displayed value is 62 �U, thevalue that you would put in the equation is (62 � 10-6).
9. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-38 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
10. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to change the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
11. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
12. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
13. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
14. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
15. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 1 �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLIN MAG .
16. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
17. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
18. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
19. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-39
Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
20. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �3� �k/m� to change the IF bandwidth to 3 kHz.
21. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
22. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
23. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
24. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
25. If your analyzer does not have Option 006 this completes the \Test PortInput Noise Floor Level" procedure and you may proceed to the nextsection, if you have Option 006 in your analyzer complete this sectionbefore going to the next section.
Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
26. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
27. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
28. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
29. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
30. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-40 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 2 B Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
31. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to change the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
32. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
33. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
34. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
35. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 10 Hz)
36. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 .
37. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
38. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
39. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
40. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-41
Port 1 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 3 kHz)
41. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �3� �k/m�.
42. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
43. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
44. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
45. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-17.
Figure 2-17. Source Input Noise Floor Test Setup
2. Press �Preset�.
3. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6� �x1�.
4. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNIFBW �3000� �x1� �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER ��85� �x1� �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLIN MAG �Scale Ref�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
2-42 System Verification and Performance Tests
6. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
7. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value (whichappears on the analyzer display).
8. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
Note Notice that the mean value that is displayed on the analyzer isin �Units. So, for example, if the displayed value is 62 �U, thevalue that you would put in the equation is (62 � 10-6).
9. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-43
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
10. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to change the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
11. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
12. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
13. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
14. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
15. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 1 �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLIN MAG .
16. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
17. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
18. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
19. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-44 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 300 kHz to 3 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
20. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �3� �k/m� to change the IF bandwidth to 3 kHz.
21. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
22. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
23. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
24. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
25. If your analyzer does not have Option 006, this completes the \Test PortInput Noise Floor Level" procedure and you may proceed to the nextsection. If you have Option 006 in your analyzer, complete this sectionbefore going to the next section.
Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 3 kHz)
26. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
27. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
28. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
29. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
30. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-45
Port 3 Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz (IF BW = 10 Hz)
31. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to change the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
32. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
33. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
34. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
35. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 10 Hz)
36. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 .
37. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
38. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
39. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
40. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-46 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 2 A Channel Noise Floor Level from 3 GHz to 6 GHz(IF BW = 3 kHz)
41. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �3� �k/m�.
42. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
43. When the analyzer �nishes the sweep, notice the mean value.
44. Convert the measured linear magnitude mean value to log magnitude,using this equation:
Power (dBm) = 20 � [log10(linear magnitude mean value)]
45. Write this calculated value on the \Performance Test Record."
In Case of Difficulty
1. Perform the \ADC Linearity Correction Constants (Test 52)" locatedin Chapter 3, \Adjustments and Correction Constants," in theHP 8753E Service Guide.
2. Repeat the \Test Port Input Noise Floor Level" procedure.
3. Suspect the A10 Digital IF assembly if the analyzer fails both test portinput noise oor tests.
4. Refer to Chapter 8, \Receiver Troubleshooting," in theHP 8753E Service Guide, for related troubleshooting information.
5. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," in thisguide, for information regarding specialized troubleshooting for theHP 8753E Option H39.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-47
7. Test Port Input Frequency Response
Perform this test to determine the receiver's frequency response atness.
Specifications
Frequency Range Test Port InputFrequency Response
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 1 �1 dB
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 21 2 dB p-p
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 3 �1 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 1 �2 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 21 4 dB p-p
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 3 �2 dB
1 Peak-to-peak deviation from nominal trace over frequencyrange.
2 Only for analyzers with Option 006 { 30 kHz to 6 GHzrange.
Equipment Required
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 436A/437B/438APower Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8482ACable, 50 24-inch Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 8120-4781Adapter, Type-N (f) to Type-N (f) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 11524A
Additional Equipment Required for Analyzers with Option 006
Power Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8481A
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-48 System Verification and Performance Tests
Power Meter Calibration for Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
1. Zero and calibrate the power meter.
2. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-18.
Figure 2-18. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1
3. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
4. Only for Analyzers with Option 006: Press �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
5. Press �Local�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSYSTEM CONTROLLER .
6. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSET ADDRESSES and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER MTR until the analyzer shows the correct
power meter model.
7. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNADDRESS: P MTR/HPIB . The default power meter HP-IB address
is 13. Make sure it is the same as your power meter HP-IB address.Otherwise, use the analyzer front panel keypad to enter the correct HP-IBaddress for your power meter.
8. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of POINTS �51� �x1�.
9. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWR RANGE MAN to turn the auto power range o�.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-49
Note The analyzer displays the PRm annotation, indicating that theanalyzer power range is set to MANUAL.
10. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPORT POWER to uncouple the test port output power.
11. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR CAL .
12. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLOSS/SENSR LISTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL FACTOR SENSOR A . Refer to the back of
the power sensor to locate the di�erent calibration factor values along withtheir corresponding frequencies.
Note The analyzer's calibration factor sensor table can hold amaximum of 12 calibration factor data points.
The following softkeys are included in the sensor calibration factor entriesmenu:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEGMENT press to select a point where you can use the front
panel knob or entry keys to enter a value.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNEDIT press to edit or change a previously entered value.
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDELETE press to delete a point from the sensor calibration
factor table.NNNNNNNNNNNADD select this key to add a point into the sensor
calibration factor table.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCLEAR LIST select this key to erase the entire sensor calibration
factor table.NNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE select this key when done entering points to the sensor
calibration factor table.
2-50 System Verification and Performance Tests
As an example, the following are the keystrokes for entering the �rst twocalibration factor data points for the HP 8482A power sensor (assumingCF% = 96.4 at 100 kHz and CF% = 98.4 at 300 kHz):
a. From the sensor calibration factor entries menu, pressNNNNNNNNNNNADD .
b. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFREQUENCY �100� �k/m�. If you make an entry error, press � � and
re-enter the correct value again.
c. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL FACTOR �96.4� �x1�.
d. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE to terminate the �rst calibration factor data point entry.
e. To enter the second cal factor data point, pressNNNNNNNNNNNADD .
f. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFREQUENCY �300� �k/m�.
g. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL FACTOR �98.4� �x1�.
h. To terminate the second calibration factor data point entry, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE .
i. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEGMENT and use the front panel knob to scroll through the
sensor calibration factors table. Check to be sure all values are enteredcorrectly. If you spot an error, use the front panel knob to point to thedata point you want to modify and press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNEDIT .
13. Press the appropriate softkeys to create a power sensor calibration factorstable.
14. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE to exit the sensor calibration factor entries menu.
15. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNONE SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTAKE CAL SWEEP to start the power meter
calibration.
Wait until the analyzer �nishes the sweep, then continue with thisprocedure.
Note The analyzer displays the PC annotation, indicating the powermeter calibration is done and the error correction is active.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-51
Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
16. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-19.
Figure 2-19. Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response Test Setup
17. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB .
18. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1�.
19. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MIN to put
marker 1 at the minimum magnitude location of the trace.
20. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MAX to position
marker 2 at the maximum magnitude location of the trace.
21. Write the marker 1 or marker 2 value (which appears on the analyzerdisplay), whichever has the larger absolute magnitude, on the\Performance Test Record."
2-52 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHzReverse Direction
22. Disconnect the RF cable from port 3.
23. Connect the RF cable to port 2.
24. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�.
25. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON .
26. Read the peak-to-peak (p-p) value.
Note The deviation between the minimum dB value and themaximum dB value over the frequency range is thepeak-to-peak measurement for this test.
27. Write the peak-to-peak value on the \Performance Test Record."
28. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS OFF .
29. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �7� �x1�.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-53
Power Meter Calibration on Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
30. Connect the equipment as shown Figure 2-20.
Figure 2-20. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 3
31. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 .
32. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR CAL
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNONE SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTAKE CAL SWEEP to start the power
meter calibration for test port 2.
33. When the analyzer displays the message POWER METER CALIBRATION SWEEP
DONE, connect the equipment as shown as in Figure 2-21.
2-54 System Verification and Performance Tests
Figure 2-21. Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response Test Setup
Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
34. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
35. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MIN .
36. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MAX .
37. Write the marker 1 or marker 2 reading, whichever has the larger absolutemagnitude, on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-55
Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 300 kHz to 3 GHzForward Direction
38. Disconnect the RF cable from port 1.
39. Connect the RF cable to port 2.
40. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�.
41. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON .
42. Read the peak-to-peak (p-p) value.
Note The deviation between the minimum dB value and themaximum dB value over the frequency range is thepeak-to-peak measurement for this test.
43. Write the peak-to-peak value on the \Performance Test Record."
44. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS OFF .
45. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �7� �x1�.
46. If your analyzer does not have Option 006, this completes the \Test PortInput Frequency Response" procedure. If you have Option 006 in youranalyzer, continue with the following sections.
Power Meter Calibration for Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
47. Replace the power sensor with the HP 8481A, and then set up the powermeter as follows:
If the power meter is an HP 438A, press �LCL�.
If the power meter is an HP 437B, press �PRESET/LOCAL�.
If the power meter is an HP 436A, cycle the line power.
2-56 System Verification and Performance Tests
48. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-22.
Figure 2-22. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 3
49. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
50. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR CAL .
51. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLOSS/SENSR LISTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL FACTOR SENSOR B . Repeat step 12 to build
a calibration factor sensor table for the HP 8481A power sensor.
52. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE to exit the sensor calibration factor entries menu.
53. To select the HP 8481A power sensor, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUSE SENSOR B .
54. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTAKE CAL SWEEP to start the power meter calibration.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-57
Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
55. When the analyzer �nishes the calibration sweep, connect the equipment asshown in Figure 2-23.
Figure 2-23. Setup for Test Port 1 Input Frequency Response
56. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
57. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MIN to put
marker 1 at the minimum magnitude location of the trace.
58. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MAX to position
marker 2 at the maximum magnitude location of the trace.
59. Write the marker 1 or marker 2 reading, whichever has the largest absolutemagnitude, on the \Performance Test Record."
2-58 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz,Forward Direction
60. Disconnect the RF cable from port 1.
61. Connect the RF cable to port 2.
62. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�.
63. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON .
64. Read the peak-to-peak (p-p) value.
Note The deviation between the minimum dB value and themaximum dB value over the frequency range is thepeak-to-peak measurement for this test.
65. Write the peak-to-peak value on the \Performance Test Record."
66. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS OFF .
67. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �7� �x1�.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-59
Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
68. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-24.
Figure 2-24. Setup for Power Meter Calibration on Test Port 1
69. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 1 .
70. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNONE SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTAKE CAL SWEEP to start the power meter
calibration for output test port 1.
2-60 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
71. When the analyzer displays the message POWER METER CALIBRATION SWEEP
DONE, connect the equipment as shown as in Figure 2-25.
Figure 2-25. Test Port 3 Input Frequency Response Test Setup
72. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB .
73. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MIN .
74. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH:MAX .
75. Write the marker 1 or marker 2 reading, whichever has the largestmagnitude, on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-61
Test Port 2 Input Frequency Response from 3 GHz to 6 GHz,Reverse Direction
76. Disconnect the RF cable from port 3.
77. Connect the RF cable to port 2.
78. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�.
79. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON .
80. Read the peak-to-peak (p-p) value.
Note The deviation between the minimum dB value and themaximum dB value over the frequency range is thepeak-to-peak measurement for this test.
81. Write the peak-to-peak value on the \Performance Test Record."
82. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS OFF .
83. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �7� �x1�.
In Case of Difficulty
1. Be sure you have used the correct power sensor for the frequency range.
2. Verify that the calibration factors that you have entered for the powersensors are correct.
3. Repeat this test with a \known good" through cable.
2-62 System Verification and Performance Tests
8. Test Port Crosstalk
Specifications
Perform this test to verify the signal leakage between the analyzer's test ports.
Frequency Range Crosstalk1
300 kHz to 3 GHz 100 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 90 dB
1 At 25�5�C.
2 Only for analyzers with Option006 { 30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Calibration Kit, 50 Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85032BAdapter, Type-N (m) to Type-N (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-1475
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-63
Test Port Crosstalk (Port 1 and Port 3)
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-26.
Figure 2-26. Test Port Crosstalk Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �10� �x1�.
3. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
4. Press �Start� �300� �k/m� �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
6. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFERENCE VALUE ��100� �x1�.
7. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
8. Wait until the trace has settled.
9. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
10. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
2-64 System Verification and Performance Tests
Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
11. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
12. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
13. Wait until the trace has settled.
14. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
15. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
16. If your analyzer does not have Option 006, proceed to the \Test PortCrosstalk (Port 2 and Port 3)" section. If you have Option 006 in youranalyzer, continue with the following sections.
Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
17. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
18. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
19. Wait until the trace has settled.
20. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
21. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
22. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
23. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
24. Wait until the trace has settled.
25. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
26. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-65
Test Port Crosstalk (Port 2 and Port 3)
27. Move the short from port 1 to port 2.
28. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �10� �x1�.
29. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
30. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6� �x1�.
Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
31. Press �Start� �300� �k/m� �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
32. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
33. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFERENCE VALUE ��100� �x1�.
34. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
35. Wait until the trace has settled.
36. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
37. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
38. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
39. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
40. Wait until the trace has settled.
41. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
42. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
43. If your analyzer does not have Option 006, this completes the \Test PortCrosstalk (Port 2 and Port 3)" section. If you have Option 006 in youranalyzer, continue with the following sections.
2-66 System Verification and Performance Tests
Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
44. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
45. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
46. Wait until the trace has settled.
47. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
48. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
Crosstalk to Test Port 3 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
49. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
50. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
51. Wait until the trace has settled.
52. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
53. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-67
Test Port Crosstalk (Port 1 and Port 2)
54. Move the short and adapter from port 3 to port 1.
55. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �10� �x1�.
56. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
57. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �5� �x1�.
Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
58. Press �Start� �300� �k/m� �Stop� �3� �G/n�.
59. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
60. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFERENCE VALUE ��100� �x1�.
61. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
62. Wait until the trace has settled.
63. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
64. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 300 kHz to 3 GHz
65. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
66. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
67. Wait until the trace has settled.
68. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
69. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
70. If your analyzer does not have Option 006, this completes the \Test PortCrosstalk (Port 1 and Port 2)" section. If you have Option 006 in youranalyzer, continue with the following sections.
2-68 System Verification and Performance Tests
Crosstalk to Test Port 1 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
71. Press �Start� �3� �G/n� �Stop� �6� �G/n�.
72. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
73. Wait until the trace has settled.
74. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
75. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
Crosstalk to Test Port 2 from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
76. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
77. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
78. Wait until the trace has settled.
79. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
80. Write the marker value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record."
In Case of Difficulty
1. Remove the instrument top cover. Using an 8 in{lb torque wrench, verifythat all semirigid cables connected to the sampler/mixer assemblies aretight. In addition, tighten any loose screws on the sampler/mixer assemblies(A4/5/6) and the pulse generator assembly (A7).
2. Remove the instrument bottom cover. Refer to Figure 2-27. Verify that allcables are tight.
3. Repeat all tests that failed.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-69
Figure 2-27. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Bottom
2-70 System Verification and Performance Tests
9. Calibration Coefficients
Perform this procedure to verify the analyzer's uncorrected test portcharacteristics.
Specifications
Uncorrected1
Error TermsFrequency Range
300 kHz to 1.3 GHz 1.3 GHz to 3 GHz 3 GHz to 6 GHz2
Directivity 35 dB 30 dB 20 dB
Source Match 16 dB 16 dB 14 dB
Load Match 18 dB 16 dB 14 dB
Transmission Tracking3 �1.5 dB �1.5 dB �2.5 dB
Re ection Tracking3 �1.5 dB �1.5 dB �2.5 dB
1 At 25�5�C, with less than 1�C deviation from the measurement calibration temperature.
2 Only for analyzers with Option 006 {30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
3 Port 2 is measured by peak-to-peak deviation from nominal trace across the frequency response
Equipment Required
Calibration Kit, Type-N 50 : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85032BCable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
Note The crosstalk calibration coe�cients are omitted in thisprocedure. They are covered in the \Test Port Crosstalk"performance test.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-71
Port 1 to Port 3 Full 2-Port Calibration
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-28.
Figure 2-28. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 and Port 3)
2. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
3. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
4. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
5. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to analyzertest port 1.
6. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
7. Connect the \short" to analyzer test port 1.
8. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
9. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
10. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
11. Connect the \open" to the reference test port 3.
12. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
2-72 System Verification and Performance Tests
13. Connect the \short" to the reference test port 3.
14. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
15. Connect the 50 termination to the reference test port 3.
16. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
17. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
18. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-29.
Figure 2-29. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3)
19. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
20. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-73
Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
21. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �32� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
22. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
23. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
24. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
25. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
26. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �33� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
27. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
28. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
29. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
30. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
31. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �37� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
32. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
33. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
34. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
35. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-74 System Verification and Performance Tests
Reflection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
36. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �34� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
37. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
38. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
39. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
40. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
41. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �42� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
42. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
43. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
44. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
45. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
46. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �43� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
47. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
48. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
49. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
50. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-75
Port 1 to Port 3 Second Full 2-Port Calibration
51. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-30.
Figure 2-30. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3)
52. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
53. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
54. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
55. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to referencetest port 2.
56. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
57. Connect the \short" to reference test port 1.
58. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
59. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
60. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
61. Connect the \open" to the analyzer test port 3.
62. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
2-76 System Verification and Performance Tests
63. Connect the \short" to the analyzer test port 3.
64. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
65. Connect the 50 termination to the analyzer test port 3.
66. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
67. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
68. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-31.
Figure 2-31. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 3)
69. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
70. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-77
Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
71. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �36� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
72. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
73. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
74. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
75. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
76. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �38� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
77. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
78. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
79. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
80. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
81. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �39� �x1�. At the prompt, press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
82. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
83. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
84. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
85. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-78 System Verification and Performance Tests
Reflection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
86. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �40� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
87. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
88. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
89. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
90. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-79
Port 2 to Port 3 Full 2-Port Calibration
91. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-32.
Figure 2-32. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 and Port 3)
92. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
93. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6�
�x1�.
94. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
95. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
96. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to analyzer test port2.
97. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
98. Connect the \short" to analyzer test port 2.
99. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
100. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
101. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
2-80 System Verification and Performance Tests
102. Connect the \open" to the reference test port 3.
103. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
104. Connect the \short" to the reference test port 3.
105. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
106. Connect the 50 termination to the reference test port 3.
107. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
108. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
109. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-33.
Figure 2-33. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3)
110. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
111. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-81
Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
112. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �32� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
113. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
114. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
115. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
116. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
117. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �33� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
118. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
119. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
120. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
121. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-82 System Verification and Performance Tests
Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
122. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �37� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
123. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�,
using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the data trace forthe 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
124. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 , using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of
the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
125. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 , write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
126. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record".
127. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
Reflection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
128. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �34� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
129. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�,
using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the data trace forthe 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
130. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 , using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of
the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
131. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 , write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
132. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record".
133. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-83
Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
134. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �42� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
135. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
136. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
137. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
138. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
139. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �43� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
140. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�,
using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the data trace forthe 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
141. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 , using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of
the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
142. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 , write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
143. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record".
144. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
2-84 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 2 to Port 3 Second Full 2-Port Calibration
145. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-34.
Figure 2-34. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3)
146. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
147. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6�
�x1�.
148. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
149. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
150. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to referencetest port 2.
151. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS
152. Connect the \short" to reference test port 2.
153. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
154. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
155. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-85
156. Connect the \open" to the analyzer test port 3.
157. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
158. Connect the \short" to the analyzer test port 3.
159. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
160. Connect the 50 termination to the analyzer test port 3.
161. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
162. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
163. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-35.
Figure 2-35. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 2 to Port 3)
164. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
165. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
2-86 System Verification and Performance Tests
Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
166. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �36� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
167. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
168. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
169. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
170. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
171. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �38� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
172. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
173. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
174. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
175. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
176. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �39� �x1�. At the prompt, press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
177. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
178. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
179. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
180. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-87
Reflection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
181. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �40� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
182. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
183. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
184. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
185. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-88 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 to Port 2 Full 2-Port Calibration
186. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-36.
Figure 2-36. First Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 and Port 2)
187. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
188. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �5�
�x1�.
189. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT: N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
190. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
191. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to the analyzer'stest port 1.
192. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
193. Connect the \short" to the analyzer's test port 1.
194. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
195. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
196. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-89
197. Connect the \open" to the reference test port 2.
198. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
199. Connect the \short" to the reference test port 2.
200. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
201. Connect the 50 termination to the reference test port 2.
202. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
203. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
204. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-37.
Figure 2-37. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2)
205. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
206. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
2-90 System Verification and Performance Tests
Directivity (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
207. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �32� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
208. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
209. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
210. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
211. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Source Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
212. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �33� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
213. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
214. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
215. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
216. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-91
Transmission Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
217. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �37� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
218. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�,
using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the data trace forthe 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
219. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 , using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of
the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
220. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 , write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
221. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record".
222. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
Reflection Tracking (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
223. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �34� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
224. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
225. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
226. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
227. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-92 System Verification and Performance Tests
Load Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
228. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �42� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
229. When the analyzer �nishes the test, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
230. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
231. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
232. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Transmission Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
233. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �43� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
234. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�,
using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the data trace forthe 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
235. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 , using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of
the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
236. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 , write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
237. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record".
238. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-93
Port 1 to Port 2 Second Full 2-Port Calibration
239. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-38.
Figure 2-38. Second Full 2-Port Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2)
240. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m�.
241. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6�
�x1�.
242. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFULL 2-PORT .
243. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNISOLATION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOMIT ISOLATION .
244. Connect the \open" (supplied in the calibration kit) to referencetest port 1.
245. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFLECTION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
246. Connect the \short" to reference test port 1.
247. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
248. Replace the short with the 50 termination (supplied in thecalibration kit).
249. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD:LOAD .
2-94 System Verification and Performance Tests
250. Connect the \open" to the analyzer test port 2.
251. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE:OPEN .
252. Connect the \short" to the analyzer test port 2.
253. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
254. Connect the 50 termination to the analyzer test port 2.
255. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
256. When the analyzer displays PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH STD(s),press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTANDARDS DONE .
Wait for the message COMPUTING CAL COEFFICIENTS to disappear from theanalyzer display before proceeding to the next step.
257. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-39.
Figure 2-39. Transmission Calibration Test Setup (Port 1 to Port 2)
258. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRANSMISSION
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDO BOTH FWD + REV .
259. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 2-PORT CAL .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-95
Load Match (Forward) Calibration Coefficient
260. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �36� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
261. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
262. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
263. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
264. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Directivity (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
265. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �38� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
266. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
267. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
268. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
269. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
2-96 System Verification and Performance Tests
Source Match (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
270. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �39� �x1�. At the prompt, press
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
271. When the test is done, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 1 .
272. Using the front panel knob, locate the maximum value of the data tracefor the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
273. Write the maximum value on the \Performance Test Record."
274. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
Reflection Tracking (Reverse) Calibration Coefficient
275. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSERVICE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTS �40� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNEXECUTE TEST .
276. When the analyzer �nishes the test press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE �Marker�.
Then, using the front panel knob, locate the minimum value of the datatrace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
277. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMarker 2 . Then, using the front panel knob, locate the maximum
value of the data trace for the 300 kHz to 1.3 GHz frequency range.
278. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� MENU MODE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN� REF=1 . Then, write the marker 2 value on the
\Performance Test Record".
279. Repeat the previous two steps for the other frequency range(s) listed onthe \Performance Test Record."
280. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAll OFF under the marker menu.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-97
10. System Trace Noise(Only for Analyzers without Option 006)
Perform this test to measure the system trace noise at a designated frequencyin both the A/R and B/R ratioed measurements.
Specifications
Frequency Range Ratio System Trace Noise(Magnitude1)
System Trace Noise(Phase1)
30 kHz to 3 GHz A/R <0.006 dB rms <0.038� rms
30 kHz to 3 GHz B/R <0.006 dB rms <0.038� rms
1 At +5 dBm into test port, 3 kHz IF bandwidth, and CW sweep.
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-98 System Verification and Performance Tests
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-40.
Figure 2-40. System Trace Noise Test Setup (30 kHz to 3 GHz)
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �5� �x1�.
3. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �3� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of POINTS �1601� �x1�.
4. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON to activate the
instrument's statistic feature.
System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
6. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
7. When the analyzer displays the \Hld" annotation, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
8. Write the s.dev (standard deviation) value, which appears on the analyzerdisplay, on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-99
System Trace Noise for A/R Phase
9. Press �Format�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE .
10. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
11. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
12. Write the s.dev value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude
13. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
14. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
15. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
16. Write the s.dev value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for B/R Phase
17. Press �Format�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE .
18. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
19. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
20. Write the s.dev value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-100 System Verification and Performance Tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. Perform the \ADC O�set Correction Constants" procedure, locatedChapter 3, \Adjustments and Correction Constants," in theHP 8753E Service Guide.
2. Repeat this performance test.
3. Suspect the A10 Digital IF board assembly if the analyzer still fails the test.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-101
11. System Trace Noise(Only for Analyzers with Option 006)
Perform this test to measure the system trace noise at designated CWfrequencies in both the A/R and B/R ratioed measurements.
Specifications
Frequency Range Ratio System Trace Noise(Magnitude1)
System Trace Noise(Phase1)
30 kHz to 3 GHz A/R <0.006 dB rms <0.038� rms
30 kHz to 3 GHz B/R <0.006 dB rms <0.038� rms
3 GHz to 6 GHz A/R <0.010 dB rms <0.070� rms
3 GHz to 6 GHz B/R <0.010 dB rms <0.070� rms
1 At +5 dBm into test port, 3 kHz IF bandwidth, and CW sweep.
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 8120-4781
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-102 System Verification and Performance Tests
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-41.
Figure 2-41. System Trace Noise Test Setup (30 kHz to 6 GHz)
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of POINTS �1601� �x1�.
3. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON to activate the
instrument's statistic feature.
System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude from 30 kHz to 3 GHz
4. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
5. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �3� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
6. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
7. Write the s.dev (standard deviation) value shown, which appears on theanalyzer display, on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-103
System Trace Noise for A/R Magnitude from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
8. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �6� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
9. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
10. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for A/R Phase from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
11. Press �Format�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE .
12. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
13. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
14. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for A/R Phase from 30 kHz to 3 GHz
15. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �3� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
16. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
17. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
2-104 System Verification and Performance Tests
System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude from 30 kHz to 3 GHz
18. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
19. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
20. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for B/R Magnitude from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
21. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �6� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
22. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
23. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for B/R Phase from 3 GHz to 6 GHz
24. Press �Format�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE �Menu�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
25. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
26. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Trace Noise for B/R Phase from 30 kHz to 3 GHz
27. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �3� �G/n�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of GROUPS �5� �x1�.
28. When the analyzer �nishes the number of sweeps, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
29. Write the s.dev value, which appears on the analyzer display, on the\Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-105
In Case of Difficulty
1. Perform the \ADC O�set Correction Constants" procedure, locatedin Chapter 3, \Adjustments and Correction Constants," in theHP 8753E Service Guide.
2. Repeat this performance test.
3. Suspect the A10 Digital IF board assembly if the analyzer still fails the test.
2-106 System Verification and Performance Tests
12. Test Port Input Impedance
Perform this test to measure the return loss of each input test port.
Specifications
Frequency Range Test Port Input Return Loss
300 kHz to 1.3 GHz Port 1 �18 dB
1.3 GHz to 3 GHz Port 1 �16 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz Port 1 �14 dB
300 kHz to 1.3 GHz Port 2 �18 dB
1.3 GHz to 3 GHz Port 2 �16 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz Port 2 �14 dB
300 kHz to 1.3 GHz Port 3 �18 dB
1.3 GHz to 3 GHz Port 3 �16 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz Port 3 �14 dB
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781Calibration Kit, 50 Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85032B
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-107
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-42.
Figure 2-42. S11 1-Port Cal Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of POINTS �1601� �x1�.
3. Press �Start� �300� �k/m�.
4. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT and select the appropriate
calibration kit:
a. If your analyzer is 50 , pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT:N 50 .
5. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNS11 1-PORT .
6. Connect an open to reference test port 1, as shown in Figure 2-42.
7. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD: OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
8. When the analyzer displays the prompt CONNECT STD THEN PRESS KEY TO
MEASURE, connect a short to the reference test port 1.
9. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
10. At the prompt, connect a load to reference test port 1.
11. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNFORWARD: LOAD .
2-108 System Verification and Performance Tests
12. When the analyzer displays, PRESS 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH CAL, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 1-PORT CAL .
13. Press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE .
14. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-43.
Figure 2-43. Test Port 3 Input Impedance Test Setup
15. Press �Marker� to turn the analyzer's marker 1 on. Use the front panel knobto locate the maximum value of the data trace for each of the frequencyranges listed on the \Performance Test Record."
16. Write these maximum values on the \Performance Test Record" for the OnState port 3.
17. Disconnect the RF cable from port 3.
18. Connect the RF cable to port 2.
19. Measure the O� State input impedance for port 2.
20. Use the front panel knob to locate the maximum value of the data trace foreach of the frequency ranges listed in the \Performance Test Record."
21. Write the maximum values on the \Performance Test Record" for the O�State port 2.
22. Measure the On state input impedance for port 2.
23. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-109
24. Use the front panel knob to locate the maximum value of the data trace foreach of the frequency ranges listed in the \Performance Test Record."
25. Write the maximum values on the \Performance Test Record" for the OnState port 2.
26. Disconnect test port cable from port 2.
27. Connect test port cable to port 3.
28. Measure the O� State input impedance for port 3.
29. Use the front panel knob to locate the maximum value of the data trace foreach of the frequency ranges listed in the \Performance Test Record."
30. Write the maximum values on the \Performance Test Record" for the O�State port 3.
31. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-44.
Figure 2-44. S22 1-port Cal Test Setup
32. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �7� �x1�.
33. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCALIBRATE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNS22 1-PORT .
2-110 System Verification and Performance Tests
34. At the prompt, connect an open to reference test port 3, as shown inFigure 2-44.
35. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: OPEN
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNOPEN (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE OPENS .
36. When the analyzer displays the prompt CONNECT STD THEN PRESS KEY TO
MEASURE, connect a short to the reference test port 3.
37. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: SHORT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (M)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE SHORTS .
38. At the prompt, connect a load to reference test port 3.
39. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREVERSE: LOAD .
40. When the analyzer displays 'DONE' IF FINISHED WITH CAL, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE 1-PORT CAL .
41. Press �Save/Recall�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSAVE STATE to save the 1-port calibration.
42. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-45.
Figure 2-45. Test Port 1 Input Impedance Test Setup
43. Press �Marker� to activate the analyzer's marker 1. Use the front panel knobto locate the maximum value of the data trace for each of the frequencyranges listed in the \Performance Test Record."
44. Write the maximum values on the \Performance Test Record" for port 1.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-111
In Case of Difficulty
1. Suspect the A10 digital IF board assembly if the analyzer fails all test porttests.
2. Refer to Chapter 8, \Receiver Troubleshooting," in theHP 8753E Service Guide for more troubleshooting information.
3. Refer to Chapter 3, \Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting," inthis guide for information regarding specialized troubleshooting for theHP 8753E Option H39.
2-112 System Verification and Performance Tests
13. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
Note The HP 8496A step attenuator (Option 001, H18) comes with aspecial calibration that supports the measurement uncertaintiesexpressed in the test record for this performance test.
The special calibration consists of two measurements. The �rstis a measurement of the attenuation at each step. The datareported for this measurement have the following uncertainties:
�0.006 dB from 0 to 40 dB
�0.015 dB from >40 to 80 dB
�0.025 dB from >80 to 90 dB
�0.05 dB >90 dB
The second calibration measurement characterizes matchstability between attenuator settings for each attenuatorport. The vector di�erence of S11 or (S22) between thereference attenuation step and all the other steps is measured.The magnitude of this di�erence is certi�ed to be <0.0316(>30 dB).
Note The HP 8496A used for this test will have known attenuatorerrors for attenuations up to 100 dB using a test frequency of30 MHz. The attenuation used as a reference is 0 dB. If theavailable calibration data are not expressed as attenuationerrors, it can be converted to such a form by the followingequation: (actual attenuation) � (expected attenuation) =attenuator error. Actual attenuation values that are greaterthan the expected attenuation values will result in positiveerrors. Actual attenuation values that are less than theexpected attenuation values will result in negative errors.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-113
Specifications
Equipment Required
Power Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 436A/437B/438APower Sensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8482AStep Attenuator, 110 dB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8496A Option 001, H18(Refer to the notes on the previous page.)
Adapter, Type-N (f) to Type-N (f) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 1250-0777Cable (3), 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 8120-4781Cable, HP-IB : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 10833ADiskette, 3.5 inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :anyCalibration Kit, 50 Type-N, : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP 85032B
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-114 System Verification and Performance Tests
Initial Calculations
1. Fill in the attenuator error values (referenced to 0 dB attenuation)in Table 2-1 by referring to the calibration data for the HP 8496Astep-attenuator. Refer to the note on the previous page.
2. Find the column in the HP 8496A attenuation error table that pertains tothe attenuation errors for 30 MHz.
3. Starting with the \10 dB" step in this column, write down the value in thecorresponding space in Table 2-1 for column \B." This value should beplaced in the row for the 10 dB HP 8496A setting.
4. Continue transferring the remaining values of the HP 8496A attenuationerrors to column \B" in Table 2-1.
5. In Table 2-1, transfer the 10 dB error value located within the parenthesisin column \B" to each space in column \C."
Table 2-1. Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy Calculations
A B C D(B � C)
E F(E � D)
8496AAttn.
(dB)
Attn. Error(ref 0 dB)
10 dB ErrorValue
Attn. Error(ref 10 dB)
ExpectedMeasurement
(dB)
ExpectedMeasurement
(corrected)(dB)
0 0 dB 10
10 ( ) 0 dB 0
20 � 10
30 � 20
40 � 30
50 � 40
60 � 50
70 � 60
80 � 70
90 � 80
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-115
6. The values in column \D" result from changing the reference attenuation ofthe calibration data of the HP 8496A to 10 dB.
Calculate the attenuation error values for this column by subtracting thevalues in column \C" from the values in column \B" (B � C = D).
7. The values in column \F" result from correcting the expected measurementvalue by the amount of attenuator error.
Calculate the values in this column by subtracting the values in column\D" from the values in column \E" (E � D = F).
8. Transfer the values from column \F" in Table 2-1 to column \F" on the\Performance Test Record," for both test ports.
Power Meter Calibration
9. Zero and calibrate the power meter. (Refer to the power meter manual fordetails on this procedure.)
10. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-46.
Figure 2-46. Power Meter Calibration for Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
2-116 System Verification and Performance Tests
11. Set the HP 8496A to 10 dB.
12. Set the following analyzer parameters:
�Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �30� �M/��
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNUMBER of POINTS �51� �x1�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER ��10� �x1�
�Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�
13. Set up the HP 8753E for power meter calibration:
a. Select the HP 8753E as the system controller:�Local�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSYSTEM CONTROLLER
b. Set the power meter's address:NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSET ADDRESSESNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNADDRESS: P MTR/HPIB �13� �x1�
c. Select the appropriate power meter by pressingNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER MTR [ ] until
the correct model number is displayed (HP 436A or HP 438A/437).d. Select the cal kit and enter the power sensor calibration data.
�Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSELECT CAL KIT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN 50
�Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR CAL
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNLOSS/SENSOR LISTS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCAL FACTOR SENSOR A
(enter the power sensor calibration data for 30 MHz)NNNNNNNNNNNNNNDONE
14. Take a power meter calibration sweep.
�Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPWRMTR CAL ��20� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNONE SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTAKE CAL SWEEP
15. Verify that the power meter reads approximately �20 dBm.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-117
Adapter Removal Calibration
16. Connect the equipment as shown in the Figure 2-47.
Figure 2-47. Full 2-Port Calibration with Adapter Removal
17. Perform a full 2-port error-correction with isolation.
Note When you are performing error-correction for a system thathas Type-N test port connectors, the softkey menus label thesex of the test port connector � not the calibration standardconnector. For example, the label
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSHORT (F) refers to the
short that will be connected to the female test port.
18. Save the results to disk. Name the �le \PORT1."
19. Move the adapter to reference test port 1 and perform another full 2-porterror correction.
20. Save the results to disk. Name the �le \PORT3."
21. Press �Cal�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNMORE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNADAPTER REMOVAL
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL CAL SETS .
22. From the disk directory, choose the �le \PORT1"and pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL CAL PORT 1 .
2-118 System Verification and Performance Tests
23. When this is complete, choose the �le \PORT3" and pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRECALL CAL PORT 3 .
24. When complete, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNRETURN .
25. To enter the adapter delay, pressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNADAPTER DELAY �.110� �G/n� (the default
the for Type-N adapter, HP part number 1250-0777). The analyzer displaywill read 110 ps.
26. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNADAPTER COAX
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREMOVE ADAPTER .
27. Save the results of the new cal set.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-119
Measure Test Port 3 Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
28. Remove the Type-N (f) to (f) adapter and connect the equipment as shownin Figure 2-48. Con�rm that the step attenuator is set to 10 dB.
Figure 2-48. Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy Measurement
29. To set up the dynamic accuracy measurement, press the following:
�Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:FWD S21 (B/R)
�Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTATS ON
�Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE
30. Wait for the sweep to �nish, then press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA ! MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM .
31. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
2-120 System Verification and Performance Tests
32. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
33. Write the mean value (which appears on the analyzer's display) in the\Test Port Measurement" column of the \Performance Test Record." Thiscolumn is also labeled \G."
34. Repeat steps 28 through 30 for each setting of the step attenuator.
35. Calculate dynamic accuracy for each step by using the formula jG � Fj.Place these values in the appropriate column of the \Performance TestRecord."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-121
Measure Test Port 1 Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
36. Set the step attenuator to 10 dB.
37. To set up the dynamic accuracy measurement, press the following:
�Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:REV S12 (A/R)
�Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA
�Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE
38. Wait for the sweep to �nish, then press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA ! MEM
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM .
39. Set the step attenuator to 0 dB.
40. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
41. Write the mean value (which appears on the analyzer's display) in the\Test Port Measurement" column of the \Performance Test Record." Thiscolumn is also labeled \G."
42. Repeat steps 36 through 38 for each setting of the step attenuator.
43. Calculate dynamic accuracy for each step by using the formula jG � Fj.Place these values in the appropriate column of the \Performance TestRecord."
2-122 System Verification and Performance Tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. If the analyzer fails the test at ALL power levels, be sure you followedthe recommended attenuator settings as listed in the \Performance TestRecord." Repeat this performance test.
2. If both test port measured values are out of speci�cations:
a. Recalibrate the power meter.
b. Repeat this performance test.
3. If the analyzer fails either test port 2 or test port 1 dynamic accuracy atlower power levels:
a. Perform the \IF Ampli�er" and \ADC O�set Correction Constants"procedures located in Chapter 3, \Adjustments and CorrectionConstants," in the HP 8753E Service Guide.
b. Repeat this performance test.
c. If it still fails, replace the A10 Digital IF assembly.
d. Repeat the two adjustment procedures mentioned in this step and thenrepeat this performance test.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-123
14. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Compression
Perform this test to verify the compression/expansion magnitude levels of theanalyzer's test port receiver samplers.
Specifications
Frequency Range Test Port Magnitude1
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 1 �0.45 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 1 �0.80 dB
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 3 �0.45 dB
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 3 �0.80 dB
1 With a 10 Hz IF bandwidth.
2 Only for analyzers with Option 006 {30 kHz to6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-124 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port 3 Magnitude Compression
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-49.
Figure 2-49. Test Port Magnitude Compression Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) .
3. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
4. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �50� �M/��.
5. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSWEEP TYPE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTART ��10� �x1�.
6. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
7. At the end of the sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
8. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
9. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MIN .
10. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN�MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN�REF = 1 .
11. Write the absolute value of the marker 2 reading in the \Performance TestRecord."
12. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �1� �G/n�.
13. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-125
14. At the end of the sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
15. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER �REF=1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
16. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MIN .
17. Write the absolute value of marker 2 on the \Performance Test Record."
18. Repeat steps 12 through 17 for the other frequencies listed for port 2 onthe \Performance Test Record."
Test Port 1 Magnitude Compression
19. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) .
20. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �50� �M/��.
21. PressNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
22. At the end of the sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
23. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER �REF = 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
24. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MIN .
25. Write the absolute value of the marker 2 reading in the \Measured Value"column of the \Performance Test Record."
26. Repeat steps 20 through 25 for the other CW frequencies listed for port 1in the \Performance Test Record."
2-126 System Verification and Performance Tests
In Case of Difficulty
1. If the analyzer fails \Test Port 2 Magnitude Compression":
a. Repeat this test.
b. Replace the A6 B sampler assembly if the analyzer still fails the test.
2. If the analyzer fails \Test Port 1 Magnitude Compression":
a. Repeat this test.
b. Replace the A5 A sampler assembly if the analyzer still fails the test.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-127
15. Test Port Receiver Phase Compression
Perform this test to verify the compression/expansion phase relationships ofthe analyzer's test port receiver samplers.
Specifications
CW Frequency Test Port Phase1
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 1 �6�
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 1 �7.5�
300 kHz to 3 GHz Port 3 �6�
3 GHz to 6 GHz2 Port 3 �7.5�
1 With 10 Hz IF bandwidth.
2 Only for analyzer with Option 006 {30 kHz to 6 GHz range.
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781
Analyzer warmup time: 1 hour
2-128 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port 3 Phase Compression
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-50.
Figure 2-50. Test Port Phase Compression Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: FWD S21 (B/R) �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE .
3. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
4. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSWEEP TYPE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER SWEEP
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSTART ��10� �x1�.
5. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �50� �M/��.
6. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
7. At the end of the sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
8. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
9. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MIN .
10. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN�MODE MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN�REF = 1 .
11. Write the absolute value of the marker 2 reading on the \Measured Value"column of the \Performance Test Record."
12. Repeat steps 5 to 11 for the other CW frequencies listed for Port 2 on the\Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-129
Test Port 1 Phase Compression
13. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans: REV S12 (A/R) �Format�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPHASE .
14. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ �50� �M/��.
15. Press �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTRIGGER MENU
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSINGLE .
16. At the end of the sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
17. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER �REF = 1 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
18. Press �Marker�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMARKER 2 �Marker Fctn�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MIN .
19. Write the absolute value of the marker 2 reading in the \Measured Value"column of the \Performance Test Record."
20. Repeat steps 14 to 19 for the other CW frequencies listed for Port 1 in the\Performance Test Record."
In Case of Difficulty
1. If the analyzer fails the \Test Port 3 Phase Compression" test:
a. Repeat this test.
b. Replace the A6 B sampler assembly if analyzer still fails the test.
2. If the analyzer fails the \Test Port 1 Phase Compression" test:
a. Repeat this test.
b. Replace the A5 A sampler assembly if analyzer still fails the test.
2-130 System Verification and Performance Tests
16. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics(Option 002 Analyzers without Option 006 Only)
Perform this test to determine the spectral purity of the HP 8753E input andoutput test ports.
Note The test port input 3rd-harmonic speci�cations are better thanthe test port output 3rd-harmonic speci�cations.
Specifications
Test Port Harmonic Limit
Output 2nd <�25 dBc @ +10 dBm
Output 3rd <�25 dBc @ +10 dBm
Input Port 1 2nd <�15 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 1 3rd <�30 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 3 2nd <�15 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 3 3rd <�30 dBc @ +8 dBm
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 Type-N, 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : HP P/N 8120-4781Attenuator (2), 20 dB, Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8491A Option 020
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-131
Test Port Output Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
1. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �10� �x1�.
2. Press �Start� �16� �M/�� �Stop� �1.5� �G/n� to set the frequency range.
3. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to set the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
4. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-51.
Figure 2-51. Test Port Output Harmonics Test Setup
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:REV S12 (A/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
6. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
7. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
8. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
9. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
10. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case test port output 2ndharmonic.
2-132 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port Output Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
11. Press �Stop� �1� �G/n� to change the stop frequency to 1 GHz.
12. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
13. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
14. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
15. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
16. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
17. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
18. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-133
Port 1 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
19. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-52.
Figure 2-52. Receiver Harmonics Test Setup
20. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �8� �x1�.
21. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �1� �0� �x1�.
22. Press �Start� �16� �M/�� �Stop� �1.5� �G/n� to set the frequency range.
23. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:REV S12 (A/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
24. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
25. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
26. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
27. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
28. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case port 1 input (receiverchannel A) 2nd harmonic.
2-134 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
29. Press �Stop� �1� �G/n� to change the stop frequency for measuring thereceiver's 3rd harmonic.
30. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
31. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
32. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
33. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
34. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
35. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
36. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
37. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
Port 3 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
38. Press �Stop� �1.5� �G/n� to set the stop frequency for measuring the 2ndharmonic.
39. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:FWD S21 (B/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB .
40. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
41. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
42. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
43. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
44. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case port 3 input (receiverchannel B) 2nd harmonic.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-135
Port 3 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
45. Press �Stop� �1� �G/n� to change the stop frequency for measuring thereceiver's 3rd harmonic.
46. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
47. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
48. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
49. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
50. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
51. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
52. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-136 System Verification and Performance Tests
17. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics(Option 002 Analyzers with Option 006 Only)
Perform this test to determine the spectral purity of the HP 8753E input andoutput test ports.
Note The test port input 3rd-harmonic speci�cations are better thanthe test port output 3rd-harmonic speci�cations.
Specifications
Test Port Harmonic Limit
Output 2nd <�25 dBc @ +10 dBm
Output 3rd <�25 dBc @ +10 dBm
Input Port 1 2nd <�15 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 1 3rd <�30 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 3 2nd <�15 dBc @ +8 dBm
Input Port 3 3rd <�30 dBc @ +8 dBm
Equipment Required
Cable, 50 , 24-inch : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 8120-4781Attenuator (2), 20 dB, Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8491A Option 020
Analyzer warmup time: 30 minutes
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-137
Test Port Output Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
1. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �10� �x1� to set the test port power to +10 dBm.
2. Press �Start� �16� �M/�� �Stop� �3� �G/n� to set the frequency range.
3. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1� to set the IF bandwidth to 10 Hz.
4. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-53.
Figure 2-53. Test Port Output Harmonics Test Setup
5. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:REV S12 (A/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
6. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
7. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
8. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
9. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
10. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case test port output 2ndharmonic.
2-138 System Verification and Performance Tests
Test Port Output Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
11. Press �Stop� �2� �G/n� to change the stop frequency to 1 GHz.
12. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
13. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
14. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
15. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
16. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
17. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
18. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-139
Port 1 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
19. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 2-54.
Figure 2-54. Receiver Harmonics Test Setup
20. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNPOWER �8� �x1�.
21. Press �Avg�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNIF BW �10� �x1�.
22. Press �Start� �16� �M/�� �Stop� �3� �G/n� to set the frequency range.
23. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:REV S12 (A/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA .
24. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
25. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
26. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
27. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
28. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case port 1 input (receiverchannel A) 2nd harmonic.
2-140 System Verification and Performance Tests
Port 1 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
29. Press �Stop� �2� �G/n� to change the stop frequency for measuring thereceiver's 3rd harmonic.
30. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
31. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
32. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
33. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
34. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
35. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
36. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
37. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
Port 3 Input Worst-Case 2nd Harmonic
38. Press �Stop� �3� �G/n� to set the stop frequency for measuring the 2ndharmonic.
39. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTrans:FWD S21 (B/R)
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB .
40. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
41. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC SECOND .
42. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE to get a better view of the
trace.
43. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH MAX .
44. Write the marker 1 value (which appears on the analyzer display) on the\Performance Test Record." This is the worst-case port 2 input (receiverchannel B) 2nd harmonic.
System Verification and Performance Tests 2-141
Port 3 Input Worst-Case 3rd Harmonic
45. Press �Stop� �2� �G/n� to change the stop frequency for measuring the receiver3rd harmonic.
46. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC OFF .
47. After one sweep, press �Display�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA!MEMORY
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNDATA/MEM to normalize the
trace.
48. Press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSCALE/DIV �1� �x1� to get a better view of the
trace.
49. Press �System�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC MEAS
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNHARMONIC THIRD .
50. After one sweep, press �Scale Ref�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNAUTO SCALE .
51. Press �Marker Fctn�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNMKR SEARCH
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNSEARCH: MAX .
52. Write the marker 1 value on the \Performance Test Record."
2-142 System Verification and Performance Tests
2a
Performance Test Record
For Analyzers with a Frequency Range of30 kHz to 3 GHz
Note See the next \Performance Test Record" section if youranalyzer frequency range is from 30 kHz to 6 GHz(Option 006).
Performance Test Record 2a-1
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (1 of 18)
Calibration Lab Address: Report Number
Date
Last Calibration Date
Customer's Name
Performed by
Model HP 8753E Option H39
Serial No. Option(s)
Firmware Revision
Ambient Temperature �C Relative Humidity %
Test Equipment Used:
Description Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date
Frequency Counter
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Calibration Kit
Veri�cation Kit
Notes/Comments:
2a-2 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (2 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 1. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy
CW Frequencies(MHz)
Min.(MHz)
Results Measured(MHz)
Max.(MHz)
MeasurementUncertainty
(MHz)
0.03 0.029 999 7 0.030 000 3 �0.000 000 050
0.3 0.299 997 0.300 003 �0.000 000 520
5.0 4.999 950 5.000 050 �0.000 009
16.0 15.999 840 16.000 160 �0.000 028
31.0 30.999 690 31.000 310 �0.000 054
60.999 999 60.999 390 61.000 610 �0.000 105
121.0 120.998 790 121.001 210 �0.000 207
180.0 179.998 200 180.001 800 �0.000 307
310.0 309.995 900 310.003 100 �0.000 528
700.0 699.930 000 700.007 000 �0.001 192
1 300.0 1 299.987 1 300.013 �0.002 212
2 000.0 1 999.980 2 000.020 �0.003 403
3 000.0 2 999.970 3 000.030 �0.005 104
� � 2. External Source Mode Frequency Range
Test Frequencies (GHz) Results
0.010
0.020
0.100
1.000
2.000
3.000
Performance Test Record 2a-3
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (3 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 3. Test Port Output Power Accuracy
Test Frequencies Test PortOutput
Power(dBm)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasuredValue
(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Center Frequency
300 kHz 0 �1 �0.465
20 MHz 0 �1 �0.10
50 MHz 0 �1 �0.10
100 MHz 0 �1 �0.10
200 MHz 0 �1 �0.10
500 MHz 0 �1 �0.10
1 GHz 0 �1 �0.13
2 GHz 0 �1 �0.13
3 GHz 0 �1 �0.27
2a-4 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (4 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity
Test Settings ResultsMea-
sured(dBm)
Power LevelMeasured
(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
CW Frequency = 300 kHz
� 15 �0.2 �0.03
� 13 �0.2 �0.03
� 11 �0.2 �0.03
� 9 �0.2 �0.02
� 7 �0.2 �0.02
� 5 �0.2 �0.02
� 3 �0.2 �0.02
� 1 �0.2 �0.02
+ 1 �0.2 �0.03
+ 3 �0.2 �0.03
+ 5 �0.5 �0.03
Performance Test Record 2a-5
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (5 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity (continued)
Test Settings ResultsMeasured
(dB)
Power LevelLinearity
(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
+ 7 �0.5 �0.03
+ 9 �0.5 �0.03
+ 10 �0.5 �0.03
CW Frequency = 3 GHz
� 15 �0.2 �0.03
� 13 �0.2 �0.03
� 11 �0.2 �0.03
� 9 �0.2 �0.02
� 7 �0.2 �0.02
� 5 �0.2 �0.02
� 3 �0.2 �0.02
� 1 �0.2 �0.02
+ 1 �0.2 �0.03
+ 3 �0.2 �0.03
+ 5 �0.5 �0.03
+ 7 �0.5 �0.03
+ 9 �0.5 �0.03
+ 10 �0.5 �0.03
2a-6 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (6 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 5. Minimum R Channel Level
CW Frequency Speci�cation(dB)
Test Port Power MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
300 kHz <�35 �1.0
3.29 MHz <�35 �1.0
3.31 MHz <�35 �1.0
15.90 MHz <�35 �1.0
16.10 MHz <�35 �1.0
30.90 MHz <�35 �1.0
31.10 MHz <�35 �1.0
1.6069 GHz <�35 �1.0
1.6071 GHz <�35 �1.0
3.000 GHz <�35 �1.0
� � 6. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level
Frequency
Range
Test Port IF
Bandwidth
Speci�cation
(dBm)
Calculated
Value
Measurement
Uncertainty
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 1 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 1 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 21 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 21 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 22 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 22 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 3 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz - 3 GHz Port 3 10 Hz � 102 N/A
1 B Channel Noise Floor
2 A Channel Noise FloorPerformance Test Record 2a-7
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (7 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 7. Test Port Input Frequency Response
Frequency Range Test Port Speci�cation(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 3 �1 0.47
300 kHz|3 GHz1 Port 2 2 p-p 1.0
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 1 �1 0.47
300 kHz|3 GHz1 Port 2 2 p-p 1.0
� � 8. Test Port Crosstalk
Test Settings Speci�cation(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2a-8 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (8 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.012
Trans. Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.018
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Performance Test Record 2a-9
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (9 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.012
Trans. Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.018
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
2a-10 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 2 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (10 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.008
Re . Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.040
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
Performance Test Record 2a-11
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 2 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (11 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2a-12 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 2 Performance Test
Record (12 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
Performance Test Record 2a-13
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 2 Performance Test
Record (13 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �30 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.008
Re . Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.040
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2a-14 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (14 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 10. System Trace Noise
CW Frequency(GHz)
Ratio Speci�cation Measured Value MeasurementUncertainty
3 A/R <0.006 dB rms �0.001 dB
3 A/R <0.038� rms �0.01�
3 B/R <0.006 dB rms �0.001 dB
3 B/R <0.038� rms �0.01�
Performance Test Record 2a-15
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (15 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 12. Test Port Input Impedance
Frequency Range Test Port Return Loss(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
On State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 3 �18 � 1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 3 �16 � 1.5
O� State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 2 �18 � 1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 2 �16 � 1.5
On State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 2 �18 � 1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 2 �16 � 1.5
O� State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 3 �18 � 1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 3 �16 � 1.5
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 1 �18 � 1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 1 �16 � 1.5
2a-16 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (16 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 13. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
G F jG � Fj
Test PortInput Power
8496AAttn.
(dB)
Test PortMeasurement
(dBm)
ExpectedMeasurement
(corrected)(dBm)
DynamicAccuracy
(Calculated)
Spec.(dB)
Meas.Uncer.
(dB)
Test Port 3
� 10 0 �0.033 �0.008
� 20 (Ref) 10 Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
� 30 20 �0.031 �0.008
� 40 30 �0.042 �0.008
� 50 40 �0.057 �0.008
� 60 50 �0.098 �0.017
� 70 60 �0.247 �0.017
� 80 70 �0.725 �0.017
� 90 80 �2.097 �0.017
� 100 90 �5.399 �0.027
Test Port 1
� 10 0 �0.033 �0.008
� 20 (Ref) 10 Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
� 30 20 �0.031 �0.008
� 40 30 �0.042 �0.008
� 50 40 �0.057 �0.008
� 60 50 �0.098 �0.017
� 70 60 �0.247 �0.017
� 80 70 �0.725 �0.017
� 90 80 �2.097 �0.017
� 100 90 �5.399 �0.027
Performance Test Record 2a-17
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (17 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 14. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Compression
CW Frequency Test Port Measured Value(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
50 MHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
1 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
2 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
3 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
50 MHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
1 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
2 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
3 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
� � 15. Test Port Receiver Phase Compression
CW Frequency Test Port Measured Value(degrees)
Speci�cation(degrees)
MeasurementUncertainty
50 MHz Port 3 �6� N/A
1 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
2 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
3 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
50 MHz Port 1 �6� N/A
1 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
2 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
3 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
2a-18 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (18 of 18)
For 30 kHz|3 GHz Analyzers
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39 Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 16. Test Port Output/Input Harmonics (Option 002 without Option 006)
Test Description Speci�cation(dBc)
Measurement Value(dBc)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Test Port OutputHarmonics
2nd �25 �1.5
3rd �25 �1.5
Port 1 Input Harmonics
2nd �15 �1.5
3rd �30 �1.5
Port 3 Input Harmonics
2nd �15 �1.5
3rd �30 �1.5
Performance Test Record 2a-19
2b
Performance Test Record
For Analyzers with a Frequency Range of30 kHz to 6 GHz
Note See the previous \Performance Test Record" section if youranalyzer frequency range is from 30 kHz to 3 GHz.
Performance Test Record 2b-1
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (1 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Calibration Lab Address: Report Number
Date
Last Calibration Date
Customer's Name
Performed by
Model HP 8753E Option H39 and Option 006
Serial No. Option(s)
Firmware Revision
Ambient Temperature �C Relative Humidity %
Test Equipment Used:
Description Model Number Trace Number Cal Due Date
Frequency Counter
Power Meter
Power Sensor
Calibration Kit
Veri�cation Kit
Notes/Comments:
2b-2 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (2 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 1. Test Port Output Frequency Range and Accuracy
Test Frequencies(MHz)
Min.(MHz)
Results Measured(MHz)
Max.(MHz)
MeasurementUncertainty
(MHz)
0.03 0.029 999 7 0.030 000 3 �0.000 000 050
0.3 0.299 997 0.300 003 �0.000 000 520
5.0 4.999 950 5.000 050 �0.000 009
16.0 15.999 840 16.000 160 �0.000 028
31.0 30.999 690 31.000 310 �0.000 054
60.999 999 60.999 390 61.000 610 �0.000 105
121.0 120.998 790 121.001 210 �0.000 207
180.0 179.998 200 180.001 800 �0.000 307
310.0 309.995 900 310.003 100 �0.000 528
700.0 699.930 000 700.007 000 �0.001 192
1 300.0 1 299.987 1 300.013 �0.002 212
2 000.0 1 999.980 2 000.020 �0.003 403
3 000.0 2 999.970 3 000.030 �0.005 104
4.0 3.999 960 4.000 040 �0.006 805
5.0 4.999 950 5.000 050 �0.008 506
6.0 5.999 940 6.000 060 �0.010 207
Performance Test Record 2b-3
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (3 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 2. External Source Mode Frequency Range
Test Frequencies (GHz) Result
0.010
0.020
0.100
1.000
2.000
3.000
4.000
5.000
6.000
2b-4 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (4 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 3. Test Port Output Power Accuracy
Test Frequencies Test PortOutput
Power(dBm)
Speci�cation(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Center Frequency
300 kHz 0 �1 �0.47
20 MHz 0 �1 �0.25
50 MHz 0 �1 �0.12
100 MHz 0 �1 �0.12
200 MHz 0 �1 �0.12
500 MHz 0 �1 �0.12
1 GHz 0 �1 �0.12
2 GHz 0 �1 �0.15
3 GHz 0 �1 �0.15
4 GHz 0 �1 �0.17
5 GHz 0 �1 �0.17
6 GHz 0 �1 �0.17
Performance Test Record 2b-5
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (5 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity
Test Settings ResultsMeasured
(dB)
Power LevelLinearity
(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
Meas.Uncert.
(dB)
CW Frequency = 300 kHz
� 15 �0.2 �0.03
� 13 �0.2 �0.03
� 11 �0.2 �0.03
� 9 �0.2 �0.02
� 7 �0.2 �0.02
� 5 �0.2 �0.02
� 3 �0.2 �0.02
� 1 �0.2 �0.02
+ 1 �0.2 �0.03
+ 3 �0.2 �0.03
+ 5 �0.5 �0.03
+ 7 �0.5 �0.03
+ 9 �0.5 �0.03
+ 10 �0.5 �0.03
CW Frequency = 3 GHz
� 15 �0.2 �0.03
� 13 �0.2 �0.03
� 11 �0.2 �0.03
� 9 �0.2 �0.02
� 7 �0.2 �0.02
� 5 �0.2 �0.02
� 3 �0.2 �0.02
� 1 �0.2 �0.02
2b-6 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (6 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 4. Test Port Output Power Range and Linearity (continued)
Test Settings ResultsMeasured
(dB)
Power LevelLinearity (dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
Meas.Uncert.
(dB)
+ 1 �0.2 �0.03
+ 3 �0.2 �0.03
+ 5 �0.5 �0.03
+ 7 �0.5 �0.03
+ 9 �0.5 �0.03
+ 10 �0.5 �0.03
CW Frequency = 6 GHz
� 15 �0.2 �0.03
� 13 �0.2 �0.03
� 11 �0.2 �0.03
� 9 �0.2 �0.03
� 7 �0.2 �0.02
� 5 �0.2 �0.02
� 3 �0.2 �0.02
� 1 �0.2 �0.02
+ 1 �0.2 �0.02
+ 3 �0.2 �0.03
+ 5 �0.5 �0.03
+ 7 �0.5 �0.03
+ 9 �0.5 �0.03
+ 10 �0.5 �0.03
Performance Test Record 2b-7
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (7 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 5. Minimum R Channel Level
CW Frequency Speci�cation(dB)
Test Port Power MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
300 kHz <�35 �1.0
3.29 MHz <�35 �1.0
3.31 MHz <�35 �1.0
15.90 MHz <�35 �1.0
16.10 MHz <�35 �1.0
30.90 MHz <�35 �1.0
31.10 MHz <�35 �1.0
1.6069 GHz <�35 �1.0
1.6071 GHz <�35 �1.0
3.000 GHz <�35 �2.0
4.000 GHz <�30 �2.0
5.000 GHz <�30 �2.0
6.000 GHz <�30 �2.0
2b-8 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (8 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 6. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level
FrequencyRange
Test Port IFBandwidth
Speci�cation(dBm)
CalculatedValue
MeasurementUncertainty
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 1 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 1 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 21 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 21 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 22 3 kHz � 81 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 22 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 3 10 Hz � 102 N/A
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 3 3 kHz � 81 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 21 3 kHz � 76 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 21 10 Hz � 97 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 1 10 Hz � 97 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 1 3 kHz � 76 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 3 3 kHz � 76 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 3 10 kHz � 97 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 22 10 Hz � 97 N/A
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 22 3 kHz � 76 N/A
1 B Channel Noise Floor
2 A Channel Noise Floor
Performance Test Record 2b-9
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (9 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 7. Test Port Input Frequency Response
Frequency Range Test Port Speci�cation(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 3 �1 0.47
300 kHz|3 GHz1 Port 2 2 p-p 1.0
300 kHz|3 GHz Port 1 �1 0.47
300 kHz|3 GHz1 Port 2 2 p-p 1.0
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 1 �2 0.17
3 GHz|6 GHz1 Port 2 4 p-p 0.35
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 3 �2 0.17
3 GHz|6 GHz1 Port 2 4 p-p 0.35
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2b-10 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (10 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 8. Test Port Crosstalk
Test Settings Speci�cation(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
300 kHz|3 GHz <�100 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 3
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
300 kHz|3 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
300 kHz|3 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 1
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Crosstalk to Test Port 2
3 GHz|6 GHz <�90 N/A
Performance Test Record 2b-11
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (11 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.3
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.012
Trans. Tracking 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �1.5 �0.018
Trans. Tracking 3 GHz|6 GHz �2.5 �0.042
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.012
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �1.5 �0.018
Re . Tracking 3 GHz|6 GHz �2.5 �0.040
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
2b-12 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (12 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.012
Trans. Tracking 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �1.5 �0.0189
Trans. Tracking 3 GHz|6 GHz �2.5 �0.042
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz - 6 GHz �14 �0.3
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
Re . Tracking 3 GHz - 6 GHz �2.5 �0.040
Performance Test Record 2b-13
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 2 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (13 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.3
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz|1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz|3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Trans. Tracking1 3 GHz|6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.168
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking1 300 kHz|1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.008
Re . Tracking1 1.3 GHz|3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.040
Re . Tracking1 3 GHz|6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.160
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2b-14 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 2 and Port 3 Performance Test
Record (14 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz|1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz|3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Trans. Tracking1 3 GHz|6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.168
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz - 6 GHz �14 �0.3
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
Re . Tracking 3 GHz - 6 GHz �2.5 �0.040
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
Performance Test Record 2b-15
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 2 Performance Test
Record (15 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Forward Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Forward Direction
Source Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.3
Forward Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz|1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz|3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Trans. Tracking1 3 GHz|6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.168
Forward Direction
Re . Tracking 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �1.5 �0.002
Re . Tracking 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �1.5 �0.010
Re . Tracking 3 GHz|6 GHz �2.5 �0.040
Reverse Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
2b-16 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Port 1 and Port 2 Performance Test
Record (16 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006.
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39
and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 9. Calibration Coe�cients (continued)
Test Description Frequency Range Spec.(dB)
Measured Value(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Reverse Direction
Trans. Tracking1 300 kHz|1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.048
Trans. Tracking1 1.3 GHz|3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.072
Trans. Tracking1 3 GHz|6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.168
Forward Direction
Load Match 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �18 �0.1
Load Match 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �16 �0.2
Load Match 3 GHz|6 GHz �14 �0.2
Reverse Direction
Directivity 300 kHz|1.3 GHz �35 �0.9
Directivity 1.3 GHz|3 GHz �30 �0.8
Directivity 3 GHz|6 GHz �20 �0.8
Reverse Direction
Source Match 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz �16 �0.2
Source Match 3 GHz - 6 GHz �14 �0.3
Reverse Direction
Re . Tracking1 300 kHz - 1.3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.008
Re . Tracking1 1.3 GHz - 3 GHz 3.0 p-p 0.040
Re . Tracking1 3 GHz - 6 GHz 5.0 p-p 0.160
1 Measured in dB peak-to-peak.
Performance Test Record 2b-17
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (17 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 11. System Trace Noise
Frequency(GHz)
Ratio MeasuredValue
Speci�cation MeasurementUncertainty
3 A/R (Magnitude) �0.006 dB rms �0.001 dB
6 A/R (Magnitude) �0.010 dB rms �0.001 dB
6 A/R (Phase) �0.070� rms �0.01�
3 A/R (Phase) �0.038� rms �0.01�
3 B/R (Magnitude) �0.006 dB rms �0.001 dB
6 B/R (Magnitude) �0.010 dB rms �0.001 dB
6 B/R (Phase) �0.070� rms �0.01�
3 B/R (Phase) �0.038� rms �0.01�
2b-18 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (18 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 12. Test Port Input Impedance
Test Description Test Port Return Loss(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
On State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 3 �18 �1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 3 �16 �1.5
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 3 �14 �1.0
O� State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 2 �18 �1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 2 �16 �1.5
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 2 �14 �1.0
On State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 2 �18 �1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 2 �16 �1.5
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 2 �14 �1.0
O� State
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 3 �18 �1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 3 �16 �1.5
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 3 �14 �1.0
300 kHz|1.3 GHz Port 1 �18 �1.5
1.3 GHz|3 GHz Port 1 �16 �1.5
3 GHz|6 GHz Port 1 �14 �1.0
Performance Test Record 2b-19
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (19 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 13. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
G F jG � Fj
Test PortInput Power
8496AAttn.
(dB)
Test PortMeasurement
(dBm)
ExpectedMeasurement
(corrected)(dBm)
DynamicAccuracy
(Calculated)
Spec.(dB)
Meas.Uncer.
(dB)
Test Port 3
� 10 0 �0.033 �0.008
� 20 (Ref) 10 Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
� 30 20 �0.031 �0.008
� 40 30 �0.042 �0.008
� 50 40 �0.057 �0.008
� 60 50 �0.098 �0.017
� 70 60 �0.247 �0.017
� 80 70 �0.725 �0.017
� 90 80 �2.097 �0.017
� 100 90 �5.399 �0.027
Test Port 1
� 10 0 �0.033 �0.008
� 20 (Ref) 10 Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
� 30 20 �0.031 �0.008
� 40 30 �0.042 �0.008
� 50 40 �0.057 �0.008
� 60 50 �0.098 �0.017
� 70 60 �0.247 �0.017
� 80 70 �0.725 �0.017
� 90 80 �2.097 �0.017
� 100 90 �5.399 �0.027
2b-20 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (20 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 14. Test Port Receiver Magnitude Compression
CW Frequency Test Port Measured Value(dB)
Speci�cation(dB)
MeasurementUncertainty
50 MHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
1 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
2 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
3 GHz Port 3 �0.45 N/A
4 GHz Port 3 �0.80 N/A
5 GHz Port 3 �0.80 N/A
6 GHz Port 3 �0.80 N/A
50 MHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
1 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
2 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
3 GHz Port 1 �0.45 N/A
4 GHz Port 1 �0.80 N/A
5 GHz Port 1 �0.80 N/A
6 GHz Port 1 �0.80 N/A
Performance Test Record 2b-21
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (21 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 15. Test Port Receiver Phase Compression
CW Frequency Test Port Measured Value(degrees)
Speci�cation(degrees)
MeasurementUncertainty
50 MHz Port 3 �6� N/A
1 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
2 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
3 GHz Port 3 �6� N/A
4 GHz Port 3 �7.5� N/A
5 GHz Port 3 �7.5� N/A
6 GHz Port 3 �7.5� N/A
50 MHz Port 1 �6� N/A
1 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
2 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
3 GHz Port 1 �6� N/A
4 GHz Port 1 �7.5� N/A
5 GHz Port 1 �7.5� N/A
6 GHz Port 1 �7.5� N/A
2b-22 Performance Test Record
HP 8753E Option H39 Performance Test Record (22 of 22)
For 30 kHz|6 GHz Analyzers, Option 006
Hewlett-Packard Company
Model HP 8753E Option H39and Option 006, Option 002
Report Number
Serial Number Date
� � 17. Output/Input Test Port Harmonics (Option 002 only)
Test Description Speci�cation(dBc)
Measurement Value(dBc)
MeasurementUncertainty
(dB)
Test Port OutputHarmonics
2nd �25 �1.5
3rd �25 �1.5
Port 1 Input Harmonics
2nd �15 �1.5
3rd �30 �1.5
Port 3 Input Harmonics
2nd �15 �1.5
3rd �30 �1.5
Performance Test Record 2b-23
3
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
This chapter provides a basic theory of operation and troubleshootingguide for the HP 8753E Option H39. This information is intended to beused as a guide in �nding and remedying possible problems that could beexperienced with the HP 8753E Option H39. Component locations, cablediagrams, and other aides are supplied in this section of the service guide.If the information provided is not enough to remedy the problem, referto your HP 8753E User's and Service Guide. It is recommended that allservice be done in an ESD safe environment. Read the safety informationin the analyzer's user and service guide before doing any work on theHP 8753E Option H39.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-1
Theory of Operation
Three-Port Test Set
The HP 8753E Option H39 is a three-port signal-separation test set thatseparates any given two ports to the A and B receiver channel samplers. Referto Figure 3-12 and Figure 3-13 for the HP 8753E Option H39 componentlocations and RF paths.
The HP 8753E Option H39 adds a third test port to the HP 8753E test set.Three test ports allow measurement applications for three-port devices with theability to make S-parameter measurements between any two test ports. Thisoption adds four additional solid-state switches, RF cabling to redirect the RFsource, and the A and B channel receiver inputs.
Test port 1 is con�gured to operate as in a normal instrument, while ports 2and 3 are switched in and out by one additional solid-state switch. The A andB channel receiver inputs are redirected through a matrix of three solid-stateswitches that connect directly to the coupled arm of each test port coupler.Test ports are controlled by the internal TTL I/O signals. Test ports areType-N.
A network analyzer with this option will have slightly degraded output powerlevels, accuracy, and dynamic range. Refer to Chapter 3, \Speci�cations," formore details.
Note With the Option H39, test port bias can only be supplied toport 1 from the port 1 bias connector on the rear panel. Theport 2 bias connector on the rear panel is not connected.
Test port 1 and test port 3 are the instrument's default ports.On preset, or when power is turned on, port 1 and port 3 areactive.
3-2 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Test Port Couplers
The analyzer's test port couplers are used to separate signals incident to,re ected from, and transmitted by the device under test. Each test portcoupler has a coupling factor of 16 dB.
LED Front Panel
The front panel LEDs indicate whether the test port is the incident port, thereceiver port, or the inactive port. The test port LED that is the brightestis the incident port. The test port LED that is dim is the receiver port. Thetest port where the LED is o� is the inactive port. The inactive test port iswhere no signal separation is taking place. When the analyzer's source poweris directed to test port 1 when performing a forward transmission or re ectionmeasurements, the LED is bright. If the test port 2 LED, is dim, this is thereceiver port. Port 3 LED is o� in this condition and is inactive. Only twoLEDs are on at any given time.
Transfer Switch S0
The A3 source output is directed to either the analyzer's test port 1 or testports 2 and 3 receiver switch via a low-loss solid-state switch. With this switch,all four S-parameters can be measured continuously. In addition, the transferswitch provides termination for the receiver test port in order to minimize thecrosstalk between source and receiver sampler.
Test Port 2 and 3 Source Switch S1
S1 is the source separator for test ports 2 and 3. In addition, the test ports2 and 3 transfer switch provides termination for the inactive test port tominimize the crosstalk to either source and receiver sampler and provide a loadmatch to the device under test.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-3
A Sampler Receiver Switch S2
Provides re ected or transmitted measured signals from test port 1 or 2 to theA channel sampler.
B Sampler Receiver Switch S3
Provides re ected or transmitted measured signals from test port 2 or 3 to theB channel sampler.
Port 2 Receiver Switch S4
Provides re ect or transmitted signals from test port 2 to be directed to eitherA or B channel samplers.
Test Set Interface
The test set interface board provides biasing for active devices under test withan external dc voltage. Only test port 1 can provide bias. Bias supplied to testport 1 is applied directly to the center conductor pin. In addition, the test setinterface board provides the drive signals for all internal solid-state switches.
3-4 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
This procedure only covers the Option H39 area of the HP 8753EOption H39. For information concerning the analyzer, refer to yourHP 8753E User's and Service Guide.
Equipment Required
Calibration Kit, 50 Type-N : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 85032BPower Meter : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 436A, 437A, 438ASensor : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP 8481ARF Cable 50 Type-N (m) to (m) : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :HP P/N 8120-4781
Source
This source troubleshooting section tests the functionality of the test port(s) inquestion.
1. Connect the equipment as shown in Figure 3-1.
Figure 3-1. Source Test Setup
2. Press �Preset� �Menu�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNCW FREQ .
3. To measure test port 1 make sure the analyzer is in a forward state.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-5
4. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) .
5. Make a note of the reading on the power meter.
6. To measure test port 2 in the forward state, set the TESTSET I/O FWDto 6.
7. Move the power sensor to port 2.
8. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) .
9. Make a note of the reading on the power meter.
10. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�.
11. To measure test port 2 in the reverse state set the TESTSET I/O REVto 5.
12. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) .
13. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �5� �x1�.
14. Make a note of the reading on the power meter.
15. To measure test port 3 make sure the analyzer is in a reverse state andTESTSET I/O REV is set to 7.
Move the power sensor to port 3.
16. Press �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) .
17. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �7� �x1�.
18. Make a note of the reading on the power meter.
19. Compare the relative power at the test ports in question. If the powerindicated by the power meter is relative to the test port power, see thefollowing note, then proceed to the receiver section.
Note Test Port 1 will measure 0 dBm, test ports 2 and 3 willmeasure �2 dBm.
3-6 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
No RF Source at All Test Ports
The A3 source may be the problem. Refer to the HP 8753E Service Guide,section 4, for source problems. If the A3 source is veri�ed and working, thenproceed to the \No RF Source at test port 1" section, below.
No RF Source at Test Port 1
Check the bias connection to the switch S0 (see Figure 3-13) and the J3connection (see Figure 3-17) on the test set interface board. If the biasconnector is loose, reconnect it. If the bias connector is �rmly in place inthe J3 connector, check the bias voltages on the switch S0 (+0.62 Vdc and+16.3 Vdc). The center bias pin on S0 should be approximately 22 V.
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, S2) as the groundconnection point.
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages using the following procedure.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-7
a. Press �Preset� �Meas�.
b. Toggle betweenNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R)
while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 on S0. The bias voltage on biaspins 1 and 2 should alternate between +0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc,when the instrument is toggled from
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) to
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) . If the bias voltage changes state, but thereis still no RF at the test port 1, the transfer switch S0 may need tobe replaced. Before replacing switch S0, check the receiver sectionfor port 1 to make sure the test port coupler is functioning correctly.If the bias voltage remains the same, then check the LEDs to makesure the source test port is being redirected. When the instrument istoggled from
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) to
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) , the
bright LED indicates the incident port and the dim LED indicates thereceiver port. If the LEDs are working on ports 1 and 3 and the biasvoltage is still incorrect on switch S0, move the S1 bias connector fromJ6 to J3 (see Figure 3-17), on the test set interface board. Set theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �6� �x1�. Check
the bias voltage (+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc) on S1 (see Figure 3-13)
and toggle the instrument between theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) states. If the bias voltage does not change,replace the test set interface board. If the bias voltage does changereplace S0.
RF Source at Test Port 1, No RF Source at Test Ports 2 or 3 or Both
Check the bias connection to the switch S1 (see Figure 3-13) and the J6connection (see Figure 3-17) on the test set interface board. If the biasconnector is loose, reconnect it. If the bias connector is �rmly in place in theJ3 connector, check the bias voltages (+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc) on switch S1.The center bias pin on S1 should be approximately +22 V.
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, or S2) as the groundconnection point.
3-8 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
a. Press �Preset� �Meas�.
b. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�.
c. Toggle betweenNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R)
while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 on S1.
The voltage on the bias pins 1 and 2 should alternate between+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc, when the instrument is toggled fromNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) to
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) . If the bias voltage
changes state, but there is still no RF at the test port 2 in the forwardstate, or no RF at port 3 in the reverse state, the transfer switch S1 mayneed to be replaced. Before replacing switch S1, check ports 2 and 3 inthe receiver section, and make sure the test port couplers 2 and 3 arefunctioning correctly. If ports 2 and 3 are working correctly and thebias voltage remains the same, then check the LEDs to make sure thesource test port is being redirected. When the instrument is toggledfrom
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) to
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) , the bright LED
indicates the incident port and the dim LED indicates the receiver port.If the LEDs are working on ports 2 and 3 and the bias voltage is stillincorrect on switch S1, move the S0 bias connector from J3 to J6 (seeFigure 3-17) on the test set interface board. Check the bias voltage onS0 (+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc) and toggle the instrument between theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: FWD S11 (A/R) and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNREFL: REV S22 (B/R) states. If the bias
voltage does not change, replace the test set interface board. If the biasvoltage changes replace S1.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-9
Receiver Section
This receiver section only covers the Option H39 area. This is only a functiontest to verify that an RF signal can be received by either A or B Channelsamplers. When making your measurements refer to Figure 3-2, Figure 3-3,and Figure 3-4 as examples of an irregular of degraded response.
Figure 3-2. Roll Off
3-10 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Figure 3-3. Power Hole
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-11
Figure 3-4. Loose Switch Bias Connector
3-12 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Port 3
Connect the HP 8753E Option H39 as shown in Figure 3-5.
Figure 3-5. Receiver Setup
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-13
Figure 3-6. Good Port 3 B Channel Response
Press �Preset� �Meas� �Start� �300� �k/m�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 1 .
If there is a power hole or roll o� in the response, check the RF cables. Referto Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15, and Figure 3-16 for cable locations. The followingis a list of RF cables:
HP part number 08753-20347
HP part number 08753-20322
HP part number 08753-20317
If no response is seen for channel B, check the bias connection to switch S2 (seeFigure 3-13), and the J5 connection (see Figure 3-17) on the test set interfaceboard. If the connector is loose, reconnect it. If the bias connector is �rmly inplace in the J5 connector, check the bias voltages on switch S2 (+0.62 Vdc and+16.3 Vdc). The center bias pin on S2 should be approximately +22 V.
3-14 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, S2) as the groundconnection point.
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
a. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O FWD �7�
�x1�.
b. Toggle (�5� �x1� to �7� �x1�) while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 on S2.
The voltage on the bias pins 1 and 2 should alternate between +0.62Vdc and +16.3 Vdc when the instrument is toggled from (�5� �x1� to �7��x1�). If the bias voltage changes state, but there is still no RF at the testport 1, the transfer switch S2 (see Figure 3-13) may need to be replaced.If the bias voltage remains the same, then check the LEDs to make surethe source test port is being redirected. When the instrument is toggledfrom ports 1 to 3 and 1 to 2, the bright LED should remain on port 1. Ifthe LEDs are working on ports 1 to 3 and 1 and 2, and the bias is stillincorrect on switch S2, remove the J5 bias connector (see Figure 3-17)from the test set interface board, and move the S4 bias connector fromJ14 to J5 on the test set interface board. Check the bias voltage on S4and toggle between the
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1� and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD
�7� �x1� states. If the bias voltage does not change, replace the test setinterface board. If the bias voltage does change, replace S2.
If the B channel response is degraded, or a bad load match exists on port3, this may indicate a bad test port coupler. To check the load match onport 3, follow the instructions in the veri�cation procedure in Chapter 2of this Service Guide.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-15
Port 1
Figure 3-7. Good Port 1 A Channel Response
With the HP 8753E Option H39 connected as shown in Figure 3-5, press �Preset�
�Start� �300� �k/m� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 .
If there is a power hole or roll o� in the response, check the RF cables. Referto Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15, and Figure 3-16 for cable locations.
The following is a list of RF cables:
HP part number 08753-20345
HP part number 08753-20353
HP part number 08753-20344
HP part number 08753-20322
3-16 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
If no response is seen for channel A, check the bias connection to switchS3 (see Figure 3-13) and the J4 connection (see Figure 3-17) on the testset interface board. If the bias connector is loose, reconnect it. If the biasconnector is �rmly in place in the J4 connector, check the bias voltages(+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc) on switch S3. The center bias pin on S3 should beapproximately +22 V.
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, S2) as the groundconnection point.
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
a. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �7�
�x1�.
b. Toggle (�6� �x1� to �7� �x1�) while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 on S3.
The voltage on the bias pins 1 and 2 should alternate between +0.62Vdc and +16.3 Vdc, when toggled (�6� �x1� to �7� �x1�). If the bias voltagechanges state, but there is still no RF at the test port 1, the transferswitch S3 (see Figure 3-13) may need to be replaced. If the bias voltageremains the same, then check the LEDs to make sure the source test portis being redirected. When the instrument is toggled from ports 3 to 1,and 3 to 2, the bright LED should remain on port 3. If the LEDs areworking on ports 3 to 1 and the bias voltage is still incorrect on switchS3, disconnect the J4 connector (see Figure 3-17) and check the biasvoltage on S4 (+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc). Then toggle the instrument
between theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1� and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �7� �x1� states. If
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-17
the bias voltage does not change, replace the test set interface board. Ifthe bias voltage does change replace S3.
If the A channel response is degraded, and a bad load match exists onport 1, this may indicate a bad test port coupler. To check the loadmatch on port 1, follow the instructions in the veri�cation procedure inChapter 2 of this Service Guide. Replace the test port 1 coupler if port 1load match fails.
3-18 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Port 2
Connect the HP 8753E Option H39 as shown in Figure 3-8.
Figure 3-8. Receiver Setup 2
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-19
Figure 3-9. Good Port 2 A Channel Response
1. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNA
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 2 .
2. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�.
If there is a power hole or roll o� in the response, check the RF cables. Referto Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15, and Figure 3-16 for cable locations.
The following is a list of RF cables:
HP part number 08753-20346
HP part number 08753-20348
HP part number 08753-20353
HP part number 08753-20344
HP part number 08753-20342
3-20 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
If no response is seen for channel A, check the bias connection to switch S4 (seeFigure 3-13), and the J14 connection (see Figure 3-16) on the test set interfaceboard. If bias connector is loose, reconnect it. If bias connector is �rmly inplace in the J14 connector, check the bias voltages (+0.62 Vdc and +16.3 Vdc)on the switch S4. The center bias pin on S4 should be approximately +22 V.
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, S2) as the groundconnection point.
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
a. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �5�
�x1�.
b. Toggle between �6� �x1� to �5� �x1� while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 onS4.
The voltage on bias pins 1 and 2 should alternate between +0.62 Vdcand +16.3 Vdc, when toggled (�6� �x1� to �5� �x1�). If the bias voltagechanges state, but there is still no RF at the test port 1, the transferswitch S4 may need to be replaced. If the bias voltage remains thesame, then check the LEDs to make sure the source test port is beingredirected. When the instrument is toggled from ports 3 to 2 and 2 to 1,the bright LED should change from port 3 to port 2. If the LEDs areworking on ports 3 to 2, and 1 to 2, and the bias voltage is still incorrecton switch S4, disconnect J14 (see Figure 3-17) and check the biasvoltage on S3 (see Figure 3-13) and toggle the instrument between theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O REV �6� �x1� and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O REV �7� �x1� states. If the bias voltage
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-21
does not change, replace test set interface board. If the bias voltage doeschange, replace S4.
If A channel response is degraded, and a bad load match exists on port 2,this may indicate a bad test port coupler. To check the load match onport 1, follow the instructions in the veri�cation procedure in Chapter2 of this Service Guide. Replace the test port 1 coupler if port 1 loadmatch fails.
Connect the HP 8753E Option H39 as shown in Figure 3-10.
Figure 3-10. Power Meter Calibration for Magnitude Dynamic Accuracy
1. Press �Preset� �Start� �300� �k/m� �Meas�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNINPUT PORTS
NNNNNB
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTPORT 1 .
2. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �5� �x1�.
3-22 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Figure 3-11. Good Port 2 B Channel Response
If there is a power hole or roll o� in the response, check the RF cables. Referto Figure 3-14, Figure 3-15, and Figure 3-16 for cable locations.
The following is a list of RF cables:
HP part number 08753-20317
HP part number 08753-20346
HP part number 08753-20352
HP part number 08753-20322
HP part number 08753-20354
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-23
If no response is seen for channel B, check the bias connection to switch S4 (seeFigure 3-13), and the J14 connection (see Figure 3-17) on the test set interfaceboard. If bias connector is loose, reconnect it. If the bias connector is �rmlyin place in the J14 connector, check the bias voltages on switch S4 (+0.62 Vdcand +16.3 Vdc). Center bias pin on S4 should be approximately +16.3 V.
1. Use the tab on the side of one of the switches (S0, S1, S2) as the groundconnection point.
2. The red wire is the common drive pin and should measure approximately+22 V.
3. The blue wire is the solenoid drive for pin number one. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +0.62 V.
4. The green wire is the solenoid drive for pin number two. The voltage on thispin measures approximately +16.3 V.
5. Now measure the solenoid voltages.
Note Voltages may vary depending on the test port state of theinstrument.
a. Press �Seq�NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL I/O
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTTL OUT
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1�
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O FWD �5�
�x1�.
b. Toggle (�6� �x1� to �5� �x1�) while measuring bias pins 1 and 2 on S4.
The voltage on the bias pins 1 and 2 should alternate between +0.62 Vdcand +16.3 Vdc, when the instrument is toggled from (�6� �x1� to �5� �x1�).If the bias voltage changes state, but there is still no RF at the test port1, the transfer switch S4 may need to be replaced. If the bias voltageremains the same, check the LEDs to make sure the source test port isbeing redirected. When the instrument is toggled from ports 1 to 2 and2 to 3, the bright LED will change from port 1 to port 2. If the LEDsare working on ports 1 to 2, and 2 to 3, and the bias is still incorrect onswitch S4, disconnect the J14 connector (see Figure 3-17), check the biasvoltage at S3 (see Figure 3-13), and toggle the instrument between theNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNTESTSET I/O FWD �6� �x1� and
NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNI/O FWD �5� �x1� states. If the bias voltage
does not change, replace the test set interface board. If the bias voltagechanges, replace S4.
3-24 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
If B channel response is degraded, and a bad load match exists on port 2,this may indicate a bad test port coupler. To check the load match onport 2, follow the instructions in the veri�cation procedure in Chapter2 of this Service Guide. Replace the test port 1 coupler if port 1 loadmatch fails.
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-25
Figure 3-12. HP 8753E Option H39 Block Diagram
3-26 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Figure 3-13. HP 8753E Option H39 Bottom Major Components
Major Assemblies
Item Description
1 Switch, Top S3
2 Switch, Bottom S4
3 Switch, S2
4 Port 3
5 Port 2
6 Port 1
7 Switch, Top S1
8 Switch, Bottom S0
9 Testset Interface PC Board
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-27
Figure 3-14. HP 8753E Option H39 Bottom Assembly Cables
Bottom Cable Descriptions
Item Description HP Part Number
1 Cable, Switch 2-2 to AXX 08753-20347
2 Cable, Switch 2-1 to Switch 4-2 08753-20352
3 Cable, Switch 4-C to A22 08753-20346
4 Cable, Switch 3-1 to Switch 4-1 08753-20348
5 Cable, B Sampler to Switch 2-C 08753-20322
6 Cable, A Sampler to Switch 3-C 08753-20353
7 Cable, Switch 3-1 to A21 08753-20345
8 Cable, Source to Switch 0-C 08753-20354
9 Cable, Switch 0-2 to A21 08753-20317
10 Cable, Switch 1-2 to A22 08753-20343
11 Cable, Switch 0-1 to Switch 1-C 08753-20342
12 Cable, Switch 1-1 to AXX 08753-20344
3-28 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Figure 3-15. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Top
Top Cable Descriptions
Item Description HP Part Number
1 Cable, Source to Switch 0-C 08753-20354
2 Cable, B Sampler to Switch 2-C 08753-20322
3 Cable, A Sampler to Switch 3-C 08753-20353
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-29
Figure 3-16. HP 8753E Option H39 Assembly Front
Front Cable Descriptions
Item Description HP Part Number
1 Cable, Source to Switch 0-C 08753-20354
2 Cable, A Sampler to Switch 3-C 08753-20353
3 Cable, B Sampler to Switch 2-C 08753-20322
3-30 Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting
Figure 3-17. Interface PC Board Connector Reference
Front Cable Descriptions
Item Description
1 Connector J4
2 Connector J14
3 Connector J5
4 Connector J3
5 Connector J6
Theory of Operation and Troubleshooting 3-31
4Replaceable Parts and Post-RepairProcedures
Table 4-1 contains the list of replaceable parts for theHP 8753E Option H39 test set. If any of these parts or assembliesare replaced, you must perform all performance tests to verify conformanceto speci�cations. For information on other parts or assemblies in the networkanalyzer, refer to your HP 8753E Service Guide.
Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures 4-1
Table 4-1. Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures
Replacement Part HP Part
Number
Post-Repair
Procedures
Switch-Sol State 5086-7539 All Performance Tests
Type N Coupler 5087-7050 All Performance Tests
Port Coupler Type-N (f) 5087-7054 All Performance Tests
Test Set Deck 08753-00149 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S0-2 to A21 08753-20317 All Performance Tests
RF CBL B sampler to S0-C 08753-20322 All Performance Tests
CPLR BLK 08753-20324 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S0-1 to S1-C 08753-20342 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S1-2 to A22 08753-20343 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S1-1 to AXX 08753-20344 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S3-2 to A21 08753-20345 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S4-C to A22 08753-20346 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S2-2 to AXX 08753-20347 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S3-1 to S4-1 08753-20348 All Performance Tests
RF CBL S2-1 to S4-2 08753-20352 All Performance Tests
RF CBL A Sampler to S3-C 08753-20353 All Performance Tests
RF CBL Source to S0-C 08753-20354 All Performance Tests
BD AY-Test Set 08753-60327 All Performance Tests
RF FRT PNL AY 08753-60913 All Performance Tests
CA 06C 06F LED 08753-60920 All Performance Tests
4-2 Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures
Hewlett-Packard Sales and Service Offices
UNITED STATES
Instrument Support Center
Hewlett-Packard Company
(800) 403-0801
EUROPEAN FIELD OPERATIONS
Headquarters France Germany
Hewlett-Packard S.A. Hewlett-Packard France Hewlett-Packard GmbH
150, Route du Nant-d'Avril 1 Avenue Du Canada Hewlett-Packard Strasse
1217 Meyrin 2/Geneva Zone D'Activite De Courtaboeuf 61352 Bad Homburg v.d.H
Switzerland F-91947 Les Ulis Cedex Germany
(41 22) 780.8111 France (49 6172) 16-0
(33 1) 69 82 60 60
Great Britain
Hewlett-Packard Ltd.
Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle
Wokingham, Berkshire RG41 5DZ
England
(44 734) 696622
INTERCON FIELD OPERATIONS
Headquarters Australia Canada
Hewlett-Packard Company Hewlett-Packard Australia Ltd. Hewlett-Packard (Canada) Ltd.
3495 Deer Creek Road 31-41 Joseph Street 17500 South Service Road
Palo Alto, California, USA Blackburn, Victoria 3130 Trans- Canada Highway
94304-1316 (61 3) 895-2895 Kirkland, Quebec H9J 2X8 Dian District
(415) 857-5027 Canada
(514) 697-4232
Japan Singapore Taiwan
Hewlett-Packard Japan, Ltd. Hewlett-Packard Singapore (Pte.) Ltd. Hewlett-Packard Taiwan
9-1 Takakura-Cho, Hachioji 150 Beach Road 8th Floor, H-P Building
Tokyo 192, Japan #29-00 Gateway West 337 Fu Hsing North Road
(81 426) 60-2111 Singapore 0718 Taipei, Taiwan
(65) 291-9088 (886 2) 712-0404
China
China Hewlett-Packard Company
38 Bei San Huan X1 Road
Shuang Yu Shu
Hai Dian District
Beijing, China
(86 1) 256-6888
Replaceable Parts and Post-Repair Procedures 4-3
Index
A
accuracy and range of frequency, 2-17accuracy of power test, 2-23analyzer veri�cation, 2-1assembly front cables, 3-30assembly top cables, 3-29
B
block diagram, 3-26bottom assembly cables, 3-28
C
calibration certi�cate, 2-2certi�cate of calibration, 2-2certi�cation of kit, 2-3couplers, 3-3
E
equipment, 1-1automated system veri�cation, 2-4external source mode frequency range,
2-20minimum R channel level, 2-29test port frequency range and accuracy
test, 2-17test port input noise oor level, 2-35test port output power accuracy, 2-23test port output power range and
linearity, 2-26troubleshooting, 3-5
external source mode frequency range,2-20
F
oor level test, 2-35frequency range and accuracy test, 2-17frequency range for external source
mode, 2-20
H
how toperformance test the analyzer, 2-2test external source mode frequency
range, 2-20test frequency range and accuracy,
2-17test minimum R channel level, 2-29test port input noise oor level, 2-35test port output frequency range and
accuracy, 2-17test port output power accuracy, 2-23test port output power range and
linearity, 2-26verify analyzer operation, 2-2verify an analyzer system
automatically, 2-4
I
input noise oor level test, 2-35interface board, 3-4, 3-31
K
kit re-certi�cation, 2-3
Index-1
L
LED front panel, 3-3linearity and range of power test, 2-26loose switch bias connector, 3-12
M
major assemblies, 3-27minimum R channel level, 2-29
N
noise oor level test, 2-35
O
operation veri�cation, 2-1
P
performance test record types, 2-2performance tests1. Test Port Output Frequency Range
and Accuracy, 2-172. External Source Mode Frequency
Range, 2-203. Test Port Output Power Accuracy,
2-234. Test Port Output Power Range
and Linearity, 2-265. Minimum R Channel Level, 2-296. Test Port Input Noise Floor Level,
2-35chapter, 2-1description of, 2-1
port 1, 3-16port 2, 3-19port 3, 3-13port input noise oor level test, 2-35port output power accuracy test, 2-23power accuracy test, 2-23power hole, 3-11power range and linearity test, 2-26procedures
external source mode frequency range,2-20
minimum R channel level, 2-29Test Port Input Noise Floor Level,
2-35test port output frequency range and
accuracy, 2-17test port output power accuracy, 2-23test port output power range and
linearity, 2-26verify an analyzer system (automated),
2-4
R
range and accuracy of frequency, 2-17R channel level, 2-29receiver section, 3-10replaceable parts, 4-1roll o�, 3-10
S
setupexternal source mode frequency range,
2-21minimum R channel level, 2-30mismatch device veri�cation, 2-13test port frequency range and accuracy
test, 2-18test port input noise oor level, 2-37,
2-42test port output power accuracy, 2-24test port output power range and
linearity, 2-27transmission calibration, 2-10
source, 3-5source mode frequency range, 2-20speci�cationsexternal source mode frequency range,
2-20minimum R channel level, 2-29test port input noise oor level, 2-35
Index-2
test port output frequency range andaccuracy, 2-17
test port output power accuracy, 2-23test port output power range and
linearity, 2-26switch S0, 3-3switch S1, 3-3switch S2, 3-4switch S3, 3-4switch S4, 3-4system veri�cationdescription of, 2-1
system veri�cation (automated), 2-4system veri�cation cycle, 2-3
T
test port input noise oor level, 2-35test port output frequency range and
accuracy test, 2-17test port output power accuracy, 2-23test port output power range and
linearity, 2-26
test record types, 2-2tests1. Test Port Output Frequency Range
and Accuracy, 2-172. External Source Mode Frequency
Range, 2-20chapter, 2-1minimum R channel level, 2-29Test Port Input Noise Floor Level,
2-35Test Port Output Power Accuracy,
2-23Test Port Output Power Range and
Linearity, 2-26theory of operation, 3-2tools, 1-1troubleshooting, 3-5
V
veri�cation cycle, kit re-certi�cation,
2-3
Index-3